|
Acts
|
ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ ΤΩΝ ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ
|
|
Chapter 1
|
Κεφάλαιο 1
|
|
1
|
1
|
| The former treatise I made, O Theophilus, concerning all that Jesus began both to do and to teach, | Τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην περὶ πάντων, ὦ Θεόφιλε, ὧν ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς ποιεῖν τε καὶ διδάσκειν, |
|
2
|
2
|
| until the day in which he was received up, after that he had given commandment through the Holy Spirit unto the apostles whom he had chosen: | ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας, ἐντειλάμενος τοῖς ἀποστόλοις διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου οὓς ἐξελέξατο, ἀνελήφθη· |
|
3
|
3
|
| to whom he also showed himself alive after his passion by many proofs, appearing unto them by the space of forty days, and speaking the things concerning the kingdom of God: | οἷς καὶ παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν αὐτὸν ἐν πολλοῖς τεκμηρίοις, δι’ ἡμερῶν τεσσαράκοντα ὀπτανόμενος αὐτοῖς, καὶ λέγων τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ. |
|
4
|
4
|
| and, being assembled together with them, he charged them not to depart from Jerusalem, but to wait for the promise of the Father, which, said he, ye heard from me: | Καὶ συναλιζόμενος παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων μὴ χωρίζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ περιμένειν τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ πατρός, Ἣν ἠκούσατέ μου· |
|
5
|
5
|
| for John indeed baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized in the Holy Spirit not many days hence. | ὅτι Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι, ὑμεῖς δὲ βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ οὐ μετὰ πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας. |
|
6
|
6
|
| They therefore, when they were come together, asked him, saying, Lord, dost thou at this time restore the kingdom to Israel? | Οἱ μὲν οὖν συνελθόντες ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, εἰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ; |
|
7
|
7
|
| And he said unto them, It is not for you to know times or seasons, which the Father hath set within his own authority. | Εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς, Οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν γνῶναι χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς οὓς ὁ πατὴρ ἔθετο ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ. |
|
8
|
8
|
| But ye shall receive power, when the Holy Spirit is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea and Samaria, and unto the uttermost part of the earth. | Ἀλλὰ λήψεσθε δύναμιν, ἐπελθόντος τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς· καὶ ἔσεσθέ μοι μάρτυρες ἔν τε Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ, καὶ ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς. |
|
9
|
9
|
| And when he had said these things, as they were looking, he was taken up; and a cloud received him out of their sight. | Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπών, βλεπόντων αὐτῶν ἐπήρθη, καὶ νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν. |
|
10
|
10
|
| And while they were looking steadfastly into heaven as he went, behold two men stood by them in white apparel; | Καὶ ὡς ἀτενίζοντες ἦσαν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, πορευομένου αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄνδρες δύο παρειστήκεισαν αὐτοῖς ἐν ἐσθῆτι λευκῇ, |
|
11
|
11
|
| who also said, Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing into heaven? this Jesus, who was received up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye beheld him going into heaven. | οἳ καὶ εἶπον, Ἄνδρες Γαλιλαῖοι, τί ἑστήκατε ἐμβλέποντες εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν; Οὗτος ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ ἀναληφθεὶς ἀφ’ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, οὕτως ἐλεύσεται ὃν τρόπον ἐθεάσασθε αὐτὸν πορευόμενον εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. |
|
12
|
12
|
| Then returned they unto Jerusalem from the mount called Olivet, which is nigh unto Jerusalem, a sabbath day’s journey off. | Τότε ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἀπὸ ὄρους τοῦ καλουμένου Ἐλαιῶνος, ὅ ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἱερουσαλήμ, σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν. |
|
13
|
13
|
| And when they were come in, they went up into the upper chamber, where they were abiding; both Peter and James and John and Andrew, Philip and Thomas, Bartholomew and Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, and Simon the Zealot, and Judas the son of James. | Καὶ ὅτε εἰσῆλθον, ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον οὗ ἦσαν καταμένοντες, ὅ τε Πέτρος καὶ Ἰάκωβος καὶ Ἰωάννης καὶ Ἀνδρέας, Φίλιππος καὶ Θωμᾶς, Βαρθολομαῖος καὶ Ματθαῖος, Ἰάκωβος Ἀλφαίου καὶ Σίμων ὁ Ζηλωτής, καὶ Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου. |
|
14
|
14
|
| These all with one accord continued steadfastly in prayer and supplication, with the women, and Mary the mother of Jesus, and with his brethren. | Οὗτοι πάντες ἦσαν προσκαρτεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει, σὺν γυναιξὶν καὶ Μαρίᾳ τῇ μητρὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ σὺν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ. |
|
15
|
15
|
| And in these days Peter stood up in the midst of the disciples, and said (and there was a multitude of persons gathered together, about a hundred and twenty), | Καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις ἀναστὰς Πέτρος ἐν μέσῳ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶπεν- ἦν τε ὄχλος ὀνομάτων ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ὡς ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι- |
|
16
|
16
|
| Brethren, it was needful that this scripture should be fulfilled, which the Holy Spirit spake before by the mouth of David concerning Judas, who was guide to them that took Jesus. | Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν γραφὴν ταύτην, ἣν προεῖπεν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον διὰ στόματος Δαυὶδ περὶ Ἰούδα, τοῦ γενομένου ὁδηγοῦ τοῖς συλλαβοῦσιν τὸν Ἰησοῦν. |
|
17
|
17
|
| For he was numbered with us, and received his portion in this ministry. | Ὅτι κατηριθμημένος ἦν σὺν ἡμῖν, καὶ ἔλαχεν τὸν κλῆρον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης- |
|
18
|
18
|
| (Now this man obtained a field with the reward of his iniquity; and falling headlong, he burst asunder in the midst, and all his bowels gushed out. | Οὗτος μὲν οὖν ἐκτήσατο χωρίον ἐκ μισθοῦ τῆς ἀδικίας, καὶ πρηνὴς γενόμενος ἐλάκησεν μέσος, καὶ ἐξεχύθη πάντα τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ. |
|
19
|
19
|
| And it became known to all the dwellers at Jerusalem; insomuch that in their proper language that field was called Akeldama, that is, The field of blood.) | Καὶ γνωστὸν ἐγένετο πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἱερουσαλήμ, ὥστε κληθῆναι τὸ χωρίον ἐκεῖνο τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ αὐτῶν Ἀκελδαμά, τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, χωρίον αἵματος- |
|
20
|
20
|
| For it is written in the book of Psalms, Let his habitation be made desolate, And let no man dwell therein: and, His office let another take. | Γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, Γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ· καί, Τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ λάβοι ἕτερος. |
|
21
|
21
|
| Of the men therefore that have companied with us all the time in which the Lord Jesus went in and went out among us, | Δεῖ οὖν τῶν συνελθόντων ἡμῖν ἀνδρῶν ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ ἐν ᾧ εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ὁ κύριος Ἰησοῦς, |
|
22
|
22
|
| beginning from the baptism of John, unto the day that he was received up from us, of these must one become a witness with us of his resurrection. | ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου, ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι σὺν ἡμῖν ἕνα τούτων. |
|
23
|
23
|
| And they put forward two, Joseph called Barsabbas, who was surnamed Justus, and Matthias. | Καὶ ἔστησαν δύο, Ἰωσὴφ τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαβᾶν, ὃς ἐπεκλήθη Ἰοῦστος, καὶ Ματθίαν. |
|
24
|
24
|
| And they prayed, and said, Thou, Lord, who knowest the hearts of all men, show of these two the one whom thou hast chosen, | Καὶ προσευξάμενοι εἶπον, Σὺ κύριε καρδιογνῶστα πάντων, ἀνάδειξον ὃν ἐξελέξω, ἐκ τούτων τῶν δύο ἕνα |
|
25
|
25
|
| to take the portion in this ministry and apostleship from which Judas fell away, that he might go to his own place. | λαβεῖν τὸν κλῆρον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης καὶ ἀποστολῆς, ἐξ ἧς παρέβη Ἰούδας, πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν ἴδιον. |
|
26
|
26
|
| And they gave their lots; and the lot fell upon Matthias; and he was numbered with the eleven apostles. | Καὶ ἔδωκαν κλήρους αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος ἐπὶ Ματθίαν, καὶ συγκατεψηφίσθη μετὰ τῶν ἕνδεκα ἀποστόλων. |
|
Chapter 2
|
Κεφάλαιο 2
|
|
1
|
1
|
| And when the day of Pentecost was now come, they were all with one accord in one place. | Καὶ ἐν τῷ συμπληροῦσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς, ἦσαν ἅπαντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό. |
|
2
|
2
|
| And suddenly there came from heaven a sound as of the rushing of a mighty wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting. | Καὶ ἐγένετο ἄφνω ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας, καὶ ἐπλήρωσεν ὅλον τὸν οἶκον οὗ ἦσαν καθήμενοι. |
|
3
|
3
|
| And there appeared unto them tongues parting asunder, like as of fire; and it sat upon each one of them. | Καὶ ὤφθησαν αὐτοῖς διαμεριζόμεναι γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός, ἐκάθισέν τε ἐφ’ ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν. |
|
4
|
4
|
| And they were all filled with the Holy Spirit, and began to speak with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance. | Καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες πνεύματος ἁγίου, καὶ ἤρξαντο λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις, καθὼς τὸ πνεῦμα ἐδίδου αὐτοῖς ἀποφθέγγεσθαι. |
|
5
|
5
|
| Now there were dwelling at Jerusalem Jews, devout men, from every nation under heaven. | Ἦσαν δὲ ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ κατοικοῦντες Ἰουδαῖοι, ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς, ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν. |
|
6
|
6
|
| And when this sound was heard, the multitude came together, and were confounded, because that every man heard them speaking in his own language. | Γενομένης δὲ τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης, συνῆλθεν τὸ πλῆθος καὶ συνεχύθη, ὅτι ἤκουον εἷς ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ λαλούντων αὐτῶν. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And they were amazed and marveled, saying one to another, Behold, are not all these that speak Galileans? | Ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες καὶ ἐθαύμαζον, λέγοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Οὐκ ἰδοὺ πάντες οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι; |
|
8
|
8
|
| And how hear we, every man in our own language wherein we were born? | Καὶ πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν; |
|
9
|
9
|
| Parthians and Medes and Elamites, and the dwellers in Mesopotamia, in Judea and Cappadocia, in Pontus and Asia, | Πάρθοι καὶ Μῆδοι καὶ Ἐλαμῖται, καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν, Ἰουδαίαν τε καὶ Καππαδοκίαν, Πόντον καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν, |
|
10
|
10
|
| in Phrygia and Pamphylia, in Egypt and the parts of Libya about Cyrene, and sojourners from Rome, both Jews and proselytes, | Φρυγίαν τε καὶ Παμφυλίαν, Αἴγυπτον καὶ τὰ μέρη τῆς Λιβύης τῆς κατὰ Κυρήνην, καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες Ῥωμαῖοι, Ἰουδαῖοί τε καὶ προσήλυτοι, |
|
11
|
11
|
| Cretans and Arabians, we hear them speaking in our tongues the mighty works of God. | Κρῆτες καὶ Ἄραβες, ἀκούομεν λαλούντων αὐτῶν ταῖς ἡμετέραις γλώσσαις τὰ μεγαλεῖα τοῦ θεοῦ. |
|
12
|
12
|
| And they were all amazed, and were perplexed, saying one to another, What meaneth this? | Ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες καὶ διηπόρουν, ἄλλος πρὸς ἄλλον λέγοντες, Τί ἂν θέλοι τοῦτο εἶναι; |
|
13
|
13
|
| But others mocking said, They are filled with new wine. | Ἕτεροι δὲ χλευάζοντες ἔλεγον ὅτι Γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι εἰσίν. |
|
14
|
14
|
| But Peter, standing up with the eleven, lifted up his voice, and spake forth unto them, saying, Ye men of Judea, and all ye that dwell at Jerusalem, be this known unto you, and give ear unto my words. | Σταθεὶς δὲ Πέτρος σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα, ἐπῆρεν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀπεφθέγξατο αὐτοῖς, Ἄνδρες Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἅπαντες, τοῦτο ὑμῖν γνωστὸν ἔστω, καὶ ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ ῥήματά μου. |
|
15
|
15
|
| For these are not drunken, as ye suppose; seeing it is but the third hour of the day; | Οὐ γάρ, ὡς ὑμεῖς ὑπολαμβάνετε, οὗτοι μεθύουσιν· ἔστιν γὰρ ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας· |
|
16
|
16
|
| but this is that which hath been spoken through the prophet Joel: | ἀλλὰ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ, |
|
17
|
17
|
| And it shall be in the last days, saith God, I will pour forth of my Spirit upon all flesh: And your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, And your young men shall see visions, And your old men shall dream dreams: | Καὶ ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις, λέγει ὁ θεός, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα· καὶ προφητεύσουσιν οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν καὶ αἱ θυγατέρες ὑμῶν, καὶ οἱ νεανίσκοι ὑμῶν ὁράσεις ὄψονται, καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ὑμῶν ἐνύπνια ἐνυπνιασθήσονται· |
|
18
|
18
|
| Yea and on my servants and on my handmaidens in those days Will I pour forth of my Spirit; and they shall prophesy. | καί γε ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους μου καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας μου ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματός μου, καὶ προφητεύσουσιν. |
|
19
|
19
|
| And I will show wonders in the heaven above, And signs on the earth beneath; Blood, and fire, and vapor of smoke: | Καὶ δώσω τέρατα ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω, καὶ σημεῖα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς κάτω, αἷμα καὶ πῦρ καὶ ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ· |
|
20
|
20
|
| The sun shall be turned into darkness, And the moon into blood, Before the day of the Lord come, That great and notable day: | ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος, καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα, πρὶν ἢ ἐλθεῖν τὴν ἡμέραν κυρίου τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ· |
|
21
|
21
|
| And it shall be, that whosoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved. | καὶ ἔσται, πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου σωθήσεται. |
|
22
|
22
|
| Ye men of Israel, hear these words: Jesus of Nazareth, a man approved of God unto you by mighty works and wonders and signs which God did by him in the midst of you, even as ye yourselves also know; | Ἄνδρες Ἰσραηλῖται, ἀκούσατε τοὺς λόγους τούτους· Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον, ἄνδρα ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀποδεδειγμένον εἰς ὑμᾶς δυνάμεσιν καὶ τέρασιν καὶ σημείοις, οἷς ἐποίησεν δι’ αὐτοῦ ὁ θεὸς ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν, καθὼς καὶ αὐτοὶ οἴδατε, |
|
23
|
23
|
| him, being delivered up by the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God, ye have taken, and by the hands of lawless men did crucify and slay: | τοῦτον τῇ ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ θεοῦ ἔκδοτον λαβόντες, διὰ χειρῶν ἀνόμων προσπήξαντες ἀνείλετε· |
|
24
|
24
|
| whom God raised up, having loosed the pangs of death: because it was not possible that he should be holden of it. | ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἀνέστησεν, λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου, καθότι οὐκ ἦν δυνατὸν κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ. |
|
25
|
25
|
| For David saith concerning him, I beheld the Lord always before my face; For he is on my right hand, that I should not be moved: | Δαυὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, Προωρώμην τὸν κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός· ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἐστίν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ· |
|
26
|
26
|
| Therefore my heart was glad, and my tongue rejoiced; Moreover my flesh also shall dwell in hope: | διὰ τοῦτο εὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου, καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου· ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι· |
|
27
|
27
|
| Because thou wilt not leave my soul unto Hades, Neither wilt thou give thy Holy One to see corruption. | ὅτι οὐκ ἐγκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾍδου, οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν. |
|
28
|
28
|
| Thou madest known unto me the ways of life; Thou shalt make me full of gladness with thy countenance. | Ἐγνώρισάς μοι ὁδοὺς ζωῆς· πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου. |
|
29
|
29
|
| Brethren, I may say unto you freely of the patriarch David, that he both died and was buried, and his tomb is with us unto this day. | Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐξὸν εἰπεῖν μετὰ παρρησίας πρὸς ὑμᾶς περὶ τοῦ πατριάρχου Δαυίδ, ὅτι καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν καὶ ἐτάφη, καὶ τὸ μνῆμα αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐν ἡμῖν ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης. |
|
30
|
30
|
| Being therefore a prophet, and knowing that God had sworn with an oath to him, that of the fruit of his loins, according to the flesh, he would raise up the Christ to sit upon his throne; | Προφήτης οὖν ὑπάρχων, καὶ εἰδὼς ὅτι ὅρκῳ ὤμοσεν αὐτῷ ὁ θεός, ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ τὸ κατὰ σάρκα ἀναστήσειν τὸν χριστόν, καθίσαι ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου αὐτοῦ, |
|
31
|
31
|
| he foreseeing this spake of the resurrection of the Christ, that his soul was not left in Hades, neither did his flesh see corruption. | προϊδὼν ἐλάλησεν περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὅτι οὐ κατελείφθη ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ᾍδου, οὐδὲ ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν. |
|
32
|
32
|
| This Jesus did God raise up, whereof we all are witnesses. | Τοῦτον τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀνέστησεν ὁ θεός, οὗ πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες. |
|
33
|
33
|
| Being therefore by the right hand of God exalted, and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Spirit, he hath poured forth this, which ye now see and hear. | Τῇ δεξιᾷ οὖν τοῦ θεοῦ ὑψωθείς, τήν τε ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος λαβὼν παρὰ τοῦ πατρός, ἐξέχεεν τοῦτο ὃ νῦν ὑμεῖς βλέπετε καὶ ἀκούετε. |
|
34
|
34
|
| For David ascended not into the heavens: but he saith himself, The Lord said unto my Lord, Sit thou on my right hand, | Οὐ γὰρ Δαυὶδ ἀνέβη εἰς τοὺς οὐρανούς, λέγει δὲ αὐτός, Εἶπεν ὁ κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ μου, Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, |
|
35
|
35
|
| Till I make thine enemies the footstool of thy feet. | ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου. |
|
36
|
36
|
| Let all the house of Israel therefore know assuredly, that God hath made him both Lord and Christ, this Jesus whom ye crucified. | Ἀσφαλῶς οὖν γινωσκέτω πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραήλ, ὅτι καὶ κύριον καὶ χριστὸν αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν, τοῦτον τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυρώσατε. |
|
37
|
37
|
| Now when they heard this, they were pricked in their heart, and said unto Peter and the rest of the apostles, Brethren, what shall we do? | Ἀκούσαντες δὲ κατενύγησαν τῇ καρδίᾳ, εἶπόν τε πρὸς τὸν Πέτρον καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀποστόλους, Τί ποιήσομεν, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί; |
|
38
|
38
|
| And Peter said unto them, Repent ye, and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ unto the remission of sins; and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Spirit. | Πέτρος δὲ ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς, Μετανοήσατε, καὶ βαπτισθήτω ἕκαστος ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν, καὶ λήψεσθε τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος. |
|
39
|
39
|
| For to you is the promise, and to your children, and to all that are afar off, even as many as the Lord our God shall call unto him. | Ὑμῖν γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία, καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις ὑμῶν, καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς εἰς μακράν, ὅσους ἂν προσκαλέσηται κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν. |
|
40
|
40
|
| And with many other words he testified and exhorted, saying, Save yourselves from this crooked generation. | Ἑτέροις τε λόγοις πλείοσιν διεμαρτύρετο καὶ παρεκάλει λέγων, Σώθητε ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης. |
|
41
|
41
|
| They then that gladly received his word were baptized: and there were added unto them that day about three thousand souls. | Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀσμένως ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθησαν· καὶ προσετέθησαν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι. |
|
42
|
42
|
| And they continued steadfastly in the apostles’ teaching and fellowship, and in the breaking of bread and the prayers. | Ἦσαν δὲ προσκαρτεροῦντες τῇ διδαχῇ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῇ κοινωνίᾳ, καὶ τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς. |
|
43
|
43
|
| And fear came upon every soul: and many wonders and signs were done through the apostles. | Ἐγένετο δὲ πάσῃ ψυχῇ φόβος, πολλά τε τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα διὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγίνετο. |
|
44
|
44
|
| And all that believed were together, and had all things common; | Πάντες δὲ οἱ πιστεύοντες ἦσαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, καὶ εἶχον ἅπαντα κοινά, |
|
45
|
45
|
| and they sold their possessions and goods, and parted them to all, according as any man had need. | καὶ τὰ κτήματα καὶ τὰς ὑπάρξεις ἐπίπρασκον, καὶ διεμέριζον αὐτὰ πᾶσιν, καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν. |
|
46
|
46
|
| And day by day, continuing steadfastly with one accord in the temple, and breaking bread at home, they took their food with gladness and singleness of heart, | Καθ’ ἡμέραν τε προσκαρτεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, κλῶντές τε κατ’ οἶκον ἄρτον, μετελάμβανον τροφῆς ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι καρδίας, |
|
47
|
47
|
| praising God, and having favor with all the people. And the Lord added to the church day by day those that were saved. | αἰνοῦντες τὸν θεόν, καὶ ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν. Ὁ δὲ κύριος προσετίθει τοὺς σῳζομένους καθ’ ἡμέραν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ. |
|
Chapter 3
|
Κεφάλαιο 3
|
|
1
|
1
|
| Now Peter and John were going up together into the temple at the hour of prayer, being the ninth hour. | Ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ δὲ Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης ἀνέβαινον εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἐπὶ τὴν ὥραν τῆς προσευχῆς τὴν ἐνάτην. |
|
2
|
2
|
| And a certain man that was lame from his mother’s womb was carried, whom they laid daily at the door of the temple which is called Beautiful, to ask alms of them that entered into the temple; | Καί τις ἀνὴρ χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων ἐβαστάζετο· ὃν ἐτίθουν καθ’ ἡμέραν πρὸς τὴν θύραν τοῦ ἱεροῦ τὴν λεγομένην Ὡραίαν, τοῦ αἰτεῖν ἐλεημοσύνην παρὰ τῶν εἰσπορευομένων εἰς τὸ ἱερόν. |
|
3
|
3
|
| who seeing Peter and John about to go into the temple, asked an alms. | Ὃς ἰδὼν Πέτρον καὶ Ἰωάννην μέλλοντας εἰσιέναι εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, ἠρώτα ἐλεημοσύνην. |
|
4
|
4
|
| And Peter, fastening his eyes upon him, with John, said, Look on us. | Ἀτενίσας δὲ Πέτρος εἰς αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ Ἰωάννῃ, εἶπεν, Βλέψον εἰς ἡμᾶς. |
|
5
|
5
|
| And he gave heed unto them, expecting to receive something from them. | Ὁ δὲ ἐπεῖχεν αὐτοῖς, προσδοκῶν τι παρ’ αὐτῶν λαβεῖν. |
|
6
|
6
|
| But Peter said, Silver and gold have I none; but what I have, that give I thee. In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, arise and walk. | Εἶπεν δὲ Πέτρος, Ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον οὐχ ὑπάρχει μοι· ὃ δὲ ἔχω, τοῦτό σοι δίδωμι. Ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου, ἔγειραι καὶ περιπάτει. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And he took him by the right hand, and raised him up: and immediately his feet and his anklebones received strength. | Καὶ πιάσας αὐτὸν τῆς δεξιᾶς χειρὸς ἤγειρεν· παραχρῆμα δὲ ἐστερεώθησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ βάσεις καὶ τὰ σφυρά. |
|
8
|
8
|
| And leaping up, he stood, and began to walk; and he entered with them into the temple, walking, and leaping, and praising God. | Καὶ ἐξαλλόμενος ἔστη καὶ περιεπάτει, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν σὺν αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, περιπατῶν καὶ ἁλλόμενος καὶ αἰνῶν τὸν θεόν. |
|
9
|
9
|
| And all the people saw him walking and praising God: | Καὶ εἶδεν αὐτὸν πᾶς ὁ λαὸς περιπατοῦντα καὶ αἰνοῦντα τὸν θεόν· |
|
10
|
10
|
| and they took knowledge of him, that it was he that sat for alms at the Beautiful Gate of the temple; and they were filled with wonder and amazement at that which had happened unto him. | ἐπεγίνωσκόν τε αὐτὸν ὅτι οὗτος ἦν ὁ πρὸς τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην καθήμενος ἐπὶ τῇ Ὡραίᾳ πύλῃ τοῦ ἱεροῦ· καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως ἐπὶ τῷ συμβεβηκότι αὐτῷ. |
|
11
|
11
|
| And as the lame man who was healed held Peter and John, all the people ran together unto them in the porch that is called Solomon’s, greatly wondering. | Κρατοῦντος δὲ τοῦ ἰαθέντος χωλοῦ τὸν Πέτρον καὶ Ἰωάννην, συνέδραμεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἐπὶ τῇ στοᾷ τῇ καλουμένῃ Σολομῶντος, ἔκθαμβοι. |
|
12
|
12
|
| And when Peter saw it, he answered unto the people, Ye men of Israel, why marvel ye at this man? or why fasten ye your eyes on us, as though by our own power or godliness we had made him to walk? | Ἰδὼν δὲ Πέτρος ἀπεκρίνατο πρὸς τὸν λαόν, Ἄνδρες Ἰσραηλῖται, τί θαυμάζετε ἐπὶ τούτῳ, ἢ ἡμῖν τί ἀτενίζετε, ὡς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν; |
|
13
|
13
|
| The God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob, the God of our fathers, hath glorified his Servant Jesus; whom ye indeed delivered up, and denied him before the face of Pilate, when he had determined to release him. | Ὁ θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ, ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, ἐδόξασεν τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν· ὃν ὑμεῖς μὲν παρεδώκατε, καὶ ἠρνήσασθε αὐτὸν κατὰ πρόσωπον Πιλάτου, κρίναντος ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν. |
|
14
|
14
|
| But ye denied the Holy and Righteous One, and asked for a murderer to be granted unto you, | Ὑμεῖς δὲ τὸν ἅγιον καὶ δίκαιον ἠρνήσασθε, καὶ ᾐτήσασθε ἄνδρα φονέα χαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν, |
|
15
|
15
|
| and killed the Prince of life; whom God raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses. | τὸν δὲ ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἀπεκτείνατε· ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, οὗ ἡμεῖς μάρτυρές ἐσμεν. |
|
16
|
16
|
| And by faith in his name hath his name made this man strong, whom ye behold and know: yea, the faith which is through him hath given him this perfect soundness in the presence of you all. | Καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, τοῦτον ὃν θεωρεῖτε καὶ οἴδατε ἐστερέωσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἡ πίστις ἡ δι’ αὐτοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ τὴν ὁλοκληρίαν ταύτην ἀπέναντι πάντων ὑμῶν. |
|
17
|
17
|
| And now, brethren, I know that in ignorance ye did it, as did also your rulers. | Καὶ νῦν, ἀδελφοί, οἶδα ὅτι κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἐπράξατε, ὥσπερ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες ὑμῶν. |
|
18
|
18
|
| But the things which God foreshowed by the mouth of all his prophets, that the Christ should suffer, he thus fulfilled. | Ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἃ προκατήγγειλεν διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ, παθεῖν τὸν χριστόν, ἐπλήρωσεν οὕτως. |
|
19
|
19
|
| Repent ye therefore, and turn again, that your sins may be blotted out, that so there may come seasons of refreshing from the presence of the Lord; | Μετανοήσατε οὖν καὶ ἐπιστρέψατε, εἰς τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, ὅπως ἂν ἔλθωσιν καιροὶ ἀναψύξεως ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ κυρίου, |
|
20
|
20
|
| and that he may send the Christ who hath been appointed for you, even Jesus: | καὶ ἀποστείλῃ τὸν προκεχειρισμένον ὑμῖν χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν· |
|
21
|
21
|
| whom the heaven must receive until the times of restoration of all things, whereof God spake by the mouth of all his holy prophets that have been from of old. | ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων, ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ προφητῶν ἀπ’ αἰῶνος. |
|
22
|
22
|
| For Moses indeed said unto the fathers, A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you from among your brethren, like unto me; to him shall ye hearken in all things whatsoever he shall speak unto you. | Μωσῆς μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας εἶπεν ὅτι Προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν ὡς ἐμέ· αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε κατὰ πάντα ὅσα ἂν λαλήσῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς. |
|
23
|
23
|
| And it shall be, that every soul that shall not hearken to that prophet, shall be utterly destroyed from among the people. | Ἔσται δέ, πᾶσα ψυχή, ἥτις ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ τοῦ προφήτου ἐκείνου, ἐξολοθρευθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ. |
|
24
|
24
|
| Yea and all the prophets from Samuel and them that followed after, as many as have spoken, they also told of these days. | Καὶ πάντες δὲ οἱ προφῆται ἀπὸ Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν καθεξῆς, ὅσοι ἐλάλησαν, καὶ κατήγγειλαν τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας. |
|
25
|
25
|
| Ye are sons of the prophets, and of the covenant which God made with our fathers, saying unto Abraham, And in thy seed shall all the families of the earth be blessed. | Ὑμεῖς ἐστε υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ τῆς διαθήκης ἧς διέθετο ὁ θεὸς πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν, λέγων πρὸς Ἀβραάμ, Καὶ ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου ἐνευλογηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς. |
|
26
|
26
|
| Unto you first God, having raised up his Servant Jesus, sent him to bless you, in turning away every one of you from your iniquities. | Ὑμῖν πρῶτον ὁ θεός, ἀναστήσας τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν, ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν εὐλογοῦντα ὑμᾶς, ἐν τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν. |
|
Chapter 4
|
Κεφάλαιο 4
|
|
1
|
1
|
| And as they spake unto the people, the priests and the captain of the temple and the Sadducees came upon them, | Λαλούντων δὲ αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν λαόν, ἐπέστησαν αὐτοῖς οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ ὁ στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι, |
|
2
|
2
|
| being sore troubled because they taught the people, and proclaimed in Jesus the resurrection from the dead. | διαπονούμενοι διὰ τὸ διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς τὸν λαόν, καὶ καταγγέλλειν ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τῶν νεκρῶν. |
|
3
|
3
|
| And they laid hands on them, and put them in ward unto the morrow: for it was now eventide. | Καὶ ἐπέβαλον αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ ἔθεντο εἰς τήρησιν εἰς τὴν αὔριον· ἦν γὰρ ἑσπέρα ἤδη. |
|
4
|
4
|
| But many of them that heard the word believed; and the number of the men came to be about five thousand. | Πολλοὶ δὲ τῶν ἀκουσάντων τὸν λόγον ἐπίστευσαν· καὶ ἐγενήθη ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἀνδρῶν ὡσεὶ χιλιάδες πέντε. |
|
5
|
5
|
| And it came to pass on the morrow, that their rulers and elders and scribes were gathered together at Jerusalem, | Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν αὔριον συναχθῆναι αὐτῶν τοὺς ἄρχοντας καὶ πρεσβυτέρους καὶ γραμματεῖς εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, |
|
6
|
6
|
| and Annas the high priest, and Caiaphas, and John, and Alexander, and as many as were of the kindred of the high priest. | καὶ Ἄνναν τὸν ἀρχιερέα, καὶ Καϊάφαν, καὶ Ἰωάννην, καὶ Ἀλέξανδρον, καὶ ὅσοι ἦσαν ἐκ γένους ἀρχιερατικοῦ. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And when they had set them in the midst, they inquired, By what power, or in what name, have ye done this? | Καὶ στήσαντες αὐτοὺς ἐν μέσῳ ἐπυνθάνοντο, Ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι ἐποιήσατε τοῦτο ὑμεῖς; |
|
8
|
8
|
| Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit, said unto them, Ye rulers of the people, and elders of Israel, | Τότε Πέτρος πλησθεὶς πνεύματος ἁγίου εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ἄρχοντες τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, |
|
9
|
9
|
| if we this day are examined concerning a good deed done to an impotent man, by what means this man is made whole; | εἰ ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα ἐπὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ ἀνθρώπου ἀσθενοῦς, ἐν τίνι οὗτος σέσῳσται· |
|
10
|
10
|
| be it known unto you all, and to all the people of Israel, that in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, whom ye crucified, whom God raised from the dead, even in him doth this man stand here before you whole. | γνωστὸν ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραήλ, ὅτι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου, ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυρώσατε, ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἐν τούτῳ οὗτος παρέστηκεν ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ὑγιής. |
|
11
|
11
|
| He is the stone which was set at nought of you the builders, which was made the head of the corner. | Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ λίθος ὁ ἐξουθενηθεὶς ὑφ’ ὑμῶν τῶν οἰκοδομούντων, ὁ γενόμενος εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας. |
|
12
|
12
|
| And in none other is there salvation: for neither is there any other name that is given among men, wherein we must be saved. | Καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ ἡ σωτηρία· οὔτε γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς. |
|
13
|
13
|
| Now when they beheld the boldness of Peter and John, and had perceived that they were unlearned and ignorant men, they marveled; and they took knowledge of them, that they had been with Jesus. | Θεωροῦντες δὲ τὴν τοῦ Πέτρου παρρησίαν καὶ Ἰωάννου, καὶ καταλαβόμενοι ὅτι ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί εἰσιν καὶ ἰδιῶται, ἐθαύμαζον, ἐπεγίνωσκόν τε αὐτοὺς ὅτι σὺν τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἦσαν. |
|
14
|
14
|
| And seeing the man that was healed standing with them, they could say nothing against it. | Τὸν δὲ ἄνθρωπον βλέποντες σὺν αὐτοῖς ἑστῶτα τὸν τεθεραπευμένον, οὐδὲν εἶχον ἀντειπεῖν. |
|
15
|
15
|
| But when they had commanded them to go aside out of the council, they conferred among themselves, | Κελεύσαντες δὲ αὐτοὺς ἔξω τοῦ συνεδρίου ἀπελθεῖν, συνέβαλλον πρὸς ἀλλήλους, |
|
16
|
16
|
| saying, What shall we do to these men? for that indeed a notable miracle hath been wrought through them, is manifest to all that dwell in Jerusalem; and we cannot deny it. | λέγοντες, Τί ποιήσομεν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις; Ὅτι μὲν γὰρ γνωστὸν σημεῖον γέγονεν δι’ αὐτῶν, πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἱερουσαλὴμ φανερόν, καὶ οὐ δυνάμεθα ἀρνήσασθαι. |
|
17
|
17
|
| But that it spread no further among the people, we will strictly threaten them, that they speak henceforth to no man in this name. | Ἀλλ’ ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον διανεμηθῇ εἰς τὸν λαόν, ἀπειλῇ ἀπειλησόμεθα αὐτοῖς μηκέτι λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων. |
|
18
|
18
|
| And they called them, and charged them not to speak at all nor teach in the name of Jesus. | Καὶ καλέσαντες αὐτούς, παρήγγειλαν αὐτοῖς τὸ καθόλου μὴ φθέγγεσθαι μηδὲ διδάσκειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. |
|
19
|
19
|
| But Peter and John answered and said unto them, Whether it is right in the sight of God to hearken unto you rather than unto God, judge ye: | Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης ἀποκριθέντες πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπον, Εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν ἀκούειν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ, κρίνατε. |
|
20
|
20
|
| for we cannot but speak the things which we saw and heard. | Οὐ δυνάμεθα γὰρ ἡμεῖς, ἃ εἴδομεν καὶ ἠκούσαμεν, μὴ λαλεῖν. |
|
21
|
21
|
| And they, when they had further threatened them, let them go, finding nothing how they might punish them, because of the people; for all men glorified God for that which was done. | Οἱ δὲ προσαπειλησάμενοι ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς, μηδὲν εὑρίσκοντες τὸ πῶς κολάσονται αὐτούς, διὰ τὸν λαόν, ὅτι πάντες ἐδόξαζον τὸν θεὸν ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι. |
|
22
|
22
|
| For the man was more than forty years old, on whom this miracle of healing was wrought. | Ἐτῶν γὰρ ἦν πλειόνων τεσσαράκοντα ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφ’ ὃν ἐγεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως. |
|
23
|
23
|
| And being let go, they came to their own company, and reported all that the chief priests and the elders had said unto them. | Ἀπολυθέντες δὲ ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους, καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν ὅσα πρὸς αὐτοὺς οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι εἶπον. |
|
24
|
24
|
| And they, when they heard it, lifted up their voice to God with one accord, and said, O Lord, thou art God, who didst make the heaven and the earth and the sea, and all that in them is: | Οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἦραν φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ εἶπον, Δέσποτα, σὺ ὁ θεὸς ὁ ποιήσας τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς· |
|
25
|
25
|
| who by the mouth of thy servant David didst say, Why did the Gentiles rage, And the peoples imagine vain things? | ὁ διὰ στόματος Δαυὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών, Ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά; |
|
26
|
26
|
| The kings of the earth set themselves in array, And the rulers were gathered together, Against the Lord, and against his Anointed: | Παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ· |
|
27
|
27
|
| for of a truth against thy holy Servant Jesus, whom thou didst anoint, both Herod and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles and the peoples of Israel, were gathered together, | συνήχθησαν γὰρ ἐπ’ ἀληθείας ἐπὶ τὸν ἅγιον παῖδά σου Ἰησοῦν, ὃν ἔχρισας, Ἡρῴδης τε καὶ Πόντιος Πιλάτος, σὺν ἔθνεσιν καὶ λαοῖς Ἰσραήλ, |
|
28
|
28
|
| to do whatsoever thy hand and thy counsel foreordained to come to pass. | ποιῆσαι ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου καὶ ἡ βουλή σου προώρισεν γενέσθαι. |
|
29
|
29
|
| And now, Lord, look upon their threatenings: and grant unto thy servants to speak thy word with all boldness, | Καὶ τὰ νῦν, κύριε, ἔπιδε ἐπὶ τὰς ἀπειλὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ δὸς τοῖς δούλοις σου μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης λαλεῖν τὸν λόγον σου, |
|
30
|
30
|
| while thou stretchest forth thy hand to heal; and that signs and wonders may be done through the name of thy holy Servant Jesus. | ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐκτείνειν σε εἰς ἴασιν, καὶ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου Ἰησοῦ. |
|
31
|
31
|
| And when they had prayed, the place was shaken wherein they were gathered together; and they were all filled with the Holy Spirit, and they spake the word of God with boldness. | Καὶ δεηθέντων αὐτῶν ἐσαλεύθη ὁ τόπος ἐν ᾧ ἦσαν συνηγμένοι, καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες πνεύματος ἁγίου, καὶ ἐλάλουν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ μετὰ παρρησίας. |
|
32
|
32
|
| And the multitude of them that believed were of one heart and soul: and not one of them said that aught of the things which they possessed was his own; but they had all things common. | Τοῦ δὲ πλήθους τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν ἡ καρδία καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ μία· καὶ οὐδὲ εἷς τι τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῶν ἔλεγεν ἴδιον εἶναι, ἀλλ’ ἦν αὐτοῖς ἅπαντα κοινά. |
|
33
|
33
|
| And with great power gave the apostles their witness of the resurrection of the Lord Jesus: and great grace was upon them all. | Καὶ μεγάλῃ δυνάμει ἀπεδίδουν τὸ μαρτύριον οἱ ἀπόστολοι τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, χάρις τε μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς. |
|
34
|
34
|
| For neither was there among them any that lacked: for as many as were possessors of lands or houses sold them, and brought the prices of the things that were sold, | Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐνδεής τις ὑπῆρχεν ἐν αὐτοῖς· ὅσοι γὰρ κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον, πωλοῦντες ἔφερον τὰς τιμὰς τῶν πιπρασκομένων, |
|
35
|
35
|
| and laid them at the apostles’ feet: and distribution was made unto each, according as anyone had need. | καὶ ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων· διεδίδοτο δὲ ἑκάστῳ καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν. |
|
36
|
36
|
| And Joses, who by the apostles was surnamed Barnabas (which is, being interpreted, Son of exhortation), a Levite, a man of Cyprus by race, | Ἰωσῆς δέ, ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς Βαρνάβας ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων- ὅ ἐστιν, μεθερμηνευόμενον, υἱὸς παρακλήσεως- Λευΐτης, Κύπριος τῷ γένει, |
|
37
|
37
|
| having a field, sold it, and brought the money and laid it at the apostles’ feet. | ὑπάρχοντος αὐτῷ ἀγροῦ, πωλήσας ἤνεγκεν τὸ χρῆμα, καὶ ἔθηκεν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων. |
|
Chapter 5
|
Κεφάλαιο 5
|
|
1
|
1
|
| But a certain man named Ananias, with Sapphira his wife, sold a possession, | Ἀνὴρ δέ τις Ἀνανίας ὀνόματι, σὺν Σαπφείρῃ τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, ἐπώλησεν κτῆμα, |
|
2
|
2
|
| and kept back part of the price, his wife also being privy to it, and brought a certain part, and laid it at the apostles’ feet. | καὶ ἐνοσφίσατο ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς, συνειδυίας καὶ τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐνέγκας μέρος τι παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων ἔθηκεν. |
|
3
|
3
|
| But Peter said, Ananias, why hath Satan filled thy heart to lie to the Holy Spirit, and to keep back for thyself part of the price of the land? | Εἶπεν δὲ Πέτρος, Ἀνανία, διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου, ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαί σε ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ χωρίου; |
|
4
|
4
|
| While it remained, did it not remain thine own? and after it was sold, was it not in thy power? How is it that thou hast conceived this thing in thy heart? thou hast not lied unto men, but unto God. | Οὐχὶ μένον σοὶ ἔμενεν, καὶ πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν; Τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο; Οὐκ ἐψεύσω ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ τῷ θεῷ. |
|
5
|
5
|
| And Ananias hearing these words fell down and gave up the ghost: and great fear came upon all that heard these things. | Ἀκούων δὲ ὁ Ἀνανίας τοὺς λόγους τούτους, πεσὼν ἐξέψυξεν· καὶ ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας ταῦτα. |
|
6
|
6
|
| And the young men arose and wrapped him round, and they carried him out and buried him. | Ἀναστάντες δὲ οἱ νεώτεροι συνέστειλαν αὐτόν, καὶ ἐξενέγκαντες ἔθαψαν. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And it was about the space of three hours after, when his wife, not knowing what was done, came in. | Ἐγένετο δὲ ὡς ὡρῶν τριῶν διάστημα, καὶ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ μὴ εἰδυῖα τὸ γεγονὸς εἰσῆλθεν. |
|
8
|
8
|
| And Peter answered unto her, Tell me whether ye sold the land for so much. And she said, Yea, for so much. | Ἀπεκρίθη δὲ αὐτῇ ὁ Πέτρος, Εἰπέ μοι, εἰ τοσούτου τὸ χωρίον ἀπέδοσθε; Ἡ δὲ εἶπεν, Ναί, τοσούτου. |
|
9
|
9
|
| But Peter said unto her, How is it that ye have agreed together to try the Spirit of the Lord? behold, the feet of them that have buried thy husband are at the door, and they shall carry thee out. | Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτήν, Τί ὅτι συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι τὸ πνεῦμα κυρίου; Ἰδού, οἱ πόδες τῶν θαψάντων τὸν ἄνδρα σου ἐπὶ τῇ θύρᾳ, καὶ ἐξοίσουσίν σε. |
|
10
|
10
|
| And she fell down immediately at his feet, and gave up the ghost: and the young men came in and found her dead, and they carried her out and buried her by her husband. | Ἔπεσεν δὲ παραχρῆμα παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξέψυξεν· εἰσελθόντες δὲ οἱ νεανίσκοι εὗρον αὐτὴν νεκράν, καὶ ἐξενέγκαντες ἔθαψαν πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς. |
|
11
|
11
|
| And great fear came upon the whole church, and upon all that heard these things. | Καὶ ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας ταῦτα. |
|
12
|
12
|
| And by the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders wrought among the people: and they were all with one accord in Solomon’s porch. | Διὰ δὲ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγίνετο σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἐν τῷ λαῷ πολλά· καὶ ἦσαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἅπαντες ἐν τῇ στοᾷ Σολομῶντος. |
|
13
|
13
|
| But of the rest durst no man join himself to them: howbeit the people magnified them; | Τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν οὐδεὶς ἐτόλμα κολλᾶσθαι αὐτοῖς, ἀλλ’ ἐμεγάλυνεν αὐτοὺς ὁ λαός· |
|
14
|
14
|
| and believers were the more added to the Lord, multitudes both of men and women: | μᾶλλον δὲ προσετίθεντο πιστεύοντες τῷ κυρίῳ, πλήθη ἀνδρῶν τε καὶ γυναικῶν· |
|
15
|
15
|
| insomuch that they carried out the sick into the streets, and laid them on beds and couches, that, as Peter came by, at the least his shadow might overshadow some one of them. | ὥστε κατὰ τὰς πλατείας ἐκφέρειν τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς, καὶ τιθέναι ἐπὶ κλινῶν καὶ κραββάτων, ἵνα ἐρχομένου Πέτρου κἂν ἡ σκιὰ ἐπισκιάσῃ τινὶ αὐτῶν. |
|
16
|
16
|
| And there also came together the multitude from the cities round about unto Jerusalem, bringing sick folk, and them that were vexed with unclean spirits: and they were healed every one. | Συνήρχετο δὲ καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πέριξ πόλεων εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, φέροντες ἀσθενεῖς καὶ ὀχλουμένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων, οἵτινες ἐθεραπεύοντο ἅπαντες. |
|
17
|
17
|
| But the high priest rose up, and all they that were with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees), and they were filled with jealousy, | Ἀναστὰς δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ- ἡ οὖσα αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων- ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου, |
|
18
|
18
|
| and laid their hands on the apostles, and put them in public ward. | καὶ ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους, καὶ ἔθεντο αὐτοὺς ἐν τηρήσει δημοσίᾳ. |
|
19
|
19
|
| But an angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors, and brought them out, and said, | Ἄγγελος δὲ κυρίου διὰ τῆς νυκτὸς ἤνοιξεν τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς, ἐξαγαγών τε αὐτοὺς εἶπεν, |
|
20
|
20
|
| Go ye, and stand and speak in the temple to the people all the words of this Life. | Πορεύεσθε, καὶ σταθέντες λαλεῖτε ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τῷ λαῷ πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης. |
|
21
|
21
|
| And when they heard this, they entered into the temple about daybreak, and taught. But the high priest came, and they that were with him, and called the council together, and all the senate of the children of Israel, and sent to the prison house to have them brought. | Ἀκούσαντες δὲ εἰσῆλθον ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθρον εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκον. Παραγενόμενος δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, συνεκάλεσαν τὸ συνέδριον καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γερουσίαν τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἀπέστειλαν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον, ἀχθῆναι αὐτούς. |
|
22
|
22
|
| But the officers that came found them not in the prison; and they returned, and told, | Οἱ δὲ ὑπηρέται παραγενόμενοι οὐχ εὗρον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ· ἀναστρέψαντες δὲ ἀπήγγειλαν, |
|
23
|
23
|
| saying, The prison house truly we found shut in all safety, and the keepers standing before the doors: but when we had opened, we found no man within. | λέγοντες ὅτι Τὸ μὲν δεσμωτήριον εὕρομεν κεκλεισμένον ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ, καὶ τοὺς φύλακας ἑστῶτας πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν· ἀνοίξαντες δέ, ἔσω οὐδένα εὕρομεν. |
|
24
|
24
|
| Now when the priest and the captain of the temple and the chief priests heard these words, they were much perplexed concerning them whereunto this would grow. | Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσαν τοὺς λόγους τούτους ὅ τε ἱερεὺς καὶ ὁ στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, διηπόρουν περὶ αὐτῶν, τί ἂν γένοιτο τοῦτο. |
|
25
|
25
|
| And there came one and told them, Behold, the men whom ye put in the prison are in the temple standing and teaching the people. | Παραγενόμενος δέ τις ἀπήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς ὅτι Ἰδού, οἱ ἄνδρες οὓς ἔθεσθε ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ εἰσὶν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἑστῶτες καὶ διδάσκοντες τὸν λαόν. |
|
26
|
26
|
| Then went the captain with the officers, and brought them, but without violence; for they feared the people, lest they should be stoned. | Τότε ἀπελθὼν ὁ στρατηγὸς σὺν τοῖς ὑπηρέταις ἤγαγεν αὐτούς, οὐ μετὰ βίας, ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν, ἵνα μὴ λιθασθῶσιν. |
|
27
|
27
|
| And when they had brought them, they set them before the council. And the high priest asked them, | Ἀγαγόντες δὲ αὐτοὺς ἔστησαν ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ. Καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτοὺς ὁ ἀρχιερεύς, |
|
28
|
28
|
| saying, Did we not strictly charge you not to teach in this name? and behold, ye have filled Jerusalem with your teaching, and intend to bring this man’s blood upon us. | λέγων, Οὐ παραγγελίᾳ παρηγγείλαμεν ὑμῖν μὴ διδάσκειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ; Καὶ ἰδοὺ πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν, καὶ βούλεσθε ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς τὸ αἷμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου. |
|
29
|
29
|
| But Peter and the apostles answered and said, We must obey God rather than men. | Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι εἶπον, Πειθαρχεῖν δεῖ θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις. |
|
30
|
30
|
| The God of our fathers raised up Jesus, whom ye slew, hanging him on a tree. | Ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν, ὃν ὑμεῖς διεχειρίσασθε, κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου. |
|
31
|
31
|
| Him did God exalt with his right hand to be a Prince and a Savior, to give repentance to Israel, and remission of sins. | Τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς ἀρχηγὸν καὶ σωτῆρα ὕψωσεν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, δοῦναι μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. |
|
32
|
32
|
| And we are his witnesses of these things; and so is also the Holy Spirit, whom God hath given to them that obey him. | Καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν αὐτοῦ μάρτυρες τῶν ῥημάτων τούτων, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα δὲ τὸ ἅγιον, ὃ ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ. |
|
33
|
33
|
| But they, when they heard this, were cut to the heart, and were minded to slay them. | Οἱ δὲ ἀκούοντες διεπρίοντο, καὶ ἐβουλεύοντο ἀνελεῖν αὐτούς. |
|
34
|
34
|
| But there stood up one in the council, a Pharisee, named Gamaliel, a doctor of the law, had in honor of all the people, and commanded to put the apostles forth a little while. | Ἀναστὰς δέ τις ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ Φαρισαῖος, ὀνόματι Γαμαλιήλ, νομοδιδάσκαλος, τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ, ἐκέλευσεν ἔξω βραχύ τι τοὺς ἀποστόλους ποιῆσαι. |
|
35
|
35
|
| And he said unto them, Ye men of Israel, take heed to yourselves as touching these men, what ye are about to do. | Εἶπέν τε πρὸς αὐτούς, Ἄνδρες Ἰσραηλῖται, προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις, τί μέλλετε πράσσειν. |
|
36
|
36
|
| For before these days rose up Theudas, giving himself out to be somebody; to whom were called a number of men, about four hundred: who was slain; and all, as many as obeyed him, were dispersed, and came to nought. | Πρὸ γὰρ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀνέστη Θευδᾶς, λέγων εἶναί τινα ἑαυτόν, ᾧ προσεκλήθη ἀριθμὸς ἀνδρῶν ὡσεὶ τετρακοσίων· ὃς ἀνῃρέθη, καὶ πάντες ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ διελύθησαν καὶ ἐγένοντο εἰς οὐδέν. |
|
37
|
37
|
| After this man rose up Judas of Galilee in the days of the enrollment, and drew away much people after him: he also perished; and all, as many as obeyed him, were scattered abroad. | Μετὰ τοῦτον ἀνέστη Ἰούδας ὁ Γαλιλαῖος ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ἀπογραφῆς, καὶ ἀπέστησεν λαὸν ἱκανὸν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ· κἀκεῖνος ἀπώλετο, καὶ πάντες ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ διεσκορπίσθησαν. |
|
38
|
38
|
| And now I say unto you, Refrain from these men, and let them alone: for if this counsel or this work be of men, it will be overthrown: | Καὶ τὰ νῦν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων, καὶ ἐάσατε αὐτούς· ὅτι ἐὰν ᾖ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἡ βουλὴ ἢ τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο, καταλυθήσεται· |
|
39
|
39
|
| but if it is of God, ye cannot overthrow it; lest haply ye be found even to be fighting against God. | εἰ δὲ ἐκ θεοῦ ἐστιν, οὐ δύνασθε καταλῦσαι αὐτό, μήποτε καὶ θεομάχοι εὑρεθῆτε. |
|
40
|
40
|
| And to him they agreed: and when they had called the apostles unto them, they beat them and charged them not to speak in the name of Jesus, and let them go. | Ἐπείσθησαν δὲ αὐτῷ· καὶ προσκαλεσάμενοι τοὺς ἀποστόλους, δείραντες παρήγγειλαν μὴ λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς. |
|
41
|
41
|
| They therefore departed from the presence of the council, rejoicing that they were counted worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name. | Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἐπορεύοντο χαίροντες ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ συνεδρίου, ὅτι ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατηξιώθησαν ἀτιμασθῆναι. |
|
42
|
42
|
| And every day, in the temple and at home, they ceased not to teach and to preach Jesus as the Christ. | Πᾶσάν τε ἡμέραν, ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ κατ’ οἶκον, οὐκ ἐπαύοντο διδάσκοντες καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι Ἰησοῦν τὸν χριστόν. |
|
Chapter 6
|
Κεφάλαιο 6
|
|
1
|
1
|
| Now in these days, when the number of the disciples was multiplying, there arose a murmuring of the Grecian Jews against the Hebrews, because their widows were neglected in the daily ministration. | Ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις, πληθυνόντων τῶν μαθητῶν, ἐγένετο γογγυσμὸς τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν πρὸς τοὺς Ἑβραίους, ὅτι παρεθεωροῦντο ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ τῇ καθημερινῇ αἱ χῆραι αὐτῶν. |
|
2
|
2
|
| And the twelve called the multitude of the disciples unto them, and said, It is not fit that we should forsake the word of God, and serve tables. | Προσκαλεσάμενοι δὲ οἱ δώδεκα τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μαθητῶν, εἶπον, Οὐκ ἀρεστόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς, καταλείψαντας τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, διακονεῖν τραπέζαις. |
|
3
|
3
|
| Look ye out therefore, brethren, from among you seven men of good report, full of the Holy Spirit and of wisdom, whom we will appoint over this business. | Ἐπισκέψασθε οὖν, ἀδελφοί, ἄνδρας ἐξ ὑμῶν μαρτυρουμένους ἑπτά, πλήρεις πνεύματος ἁγίου καὶ σοφίας, οὓς καταστήσωμεν ἐπὶ τῆς χρείας ταύτης. |
|
4
|
4
|
| But we will continue steadfastly in prayer, and in the ministry of the word. | Ἡμεῖς δὲ τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ διακονίᾳ τοῦ λόγου προσκαρτερήσομεν. |
|
5
|
5
|
| And the saying pleased the whole multitude: and they chose Stephen, a man full of faith and of the Holy Spirit, and Philip, and Prochorus, and Nicanor, and Timon, and Parmenas, and Nicolaus a proselyte of Antioch; | Καὶ ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους· καὶ ἐξελέξαντο Στέφανον, ἄνδρα πλήρης πίστεως καὶ πνεύματος ἁγίου, καὶ Φίλιππον, καὶ Πρόχορον, καὶ Νικάνορα, καὶ Τίμωνα, καὶ Παρμενᾶν, καὶ Νικόλαον προσήλυτον Ἀντιοχέα, |
|
6
|
6
|
| whom they set before the apostles: and when they had prayed, they laid their hands upon them. | οὓς ἔστησαν ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀποστόλων· καὶ προσευξάμενοι ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And the word of God increased; and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem exceedingly; and a great company of the priests were obedient to the faith. | Καὶ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ηὔξανεν, καὶ ἐπληθύνετο ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν μαθητῶν ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ σφόδρα, πολύς τε ὄχλος τῶν ἱερέων ὑπήκουον τῇ πίστει. |
|
8
|
8
|
| And Stephen, full of faith and power, wrought great wonders and signs among the people. | Στέφανος δὲ πλήρης πίστεως καὶ δυνάμεως ἐποίει τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα μεγάλα ἐν τῷ λαῷ. |
|
9
|
9
|
| But there arose certain of them that were of the synagogue called the synagogue of the Libertines, and of the Cyrenians, and of the Alexandrians, and of them of Cilicia and Asia, disputing with Stephen. | Ἀνέστησαν δέ τινες τῶν ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς τῆς λεγομένης Λιβερτίνων, καὶ Κυρηναίων, καὶ Ἀλεξανδρέων, καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ Κιλικίας καὶ Ἀσίας, συζητοῦντες τῷ Στεφάνῳ. |
|
10
|
10
|
| And they were not able to withstand the wisdom and the Spirit by which he spake. | Καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυον ἀντιστῆναι τῇ σοφίᾳ καὶ τῷ πνεύματι ᾧ ἐλάλει. |
|
11
|
11
|
| Then they suborned men, who said, We have heard him speak blasphemous words against Moses, and against God. | Τότε ὑπέβαλον ἄνδρας λέγοντας ὅτι Ἀκηκόαμεν αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος ῥήματα βλάσφημα εἰς Μωσῆν καὶ τὸν θεόν. |
|
12
|
12
|
| And they stirred up the people, and the elders, and the scribes, and came upon him, and seized him, and brought him into the council, | Συνεκίνησάν τε τὸν λαὸν καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς, καὶ ἐπιστάντες συνήρπασαν αὐτόν, καὶ ἤγαγον εἰς τὸ συνέδριον, |
|
13
|
13
|
| and set up false witnesses, who said, This man ceaseth not to speak blasphemous words against the holy place, and the law: | ἔστησάν τε μάρτυρας ψευδεῖς λέγοντας, Ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος οὐ παύεται ῥήματα βλάσφημα λαλῶν κατὰ τοῦ τόπου τοῦ ἁγίου καὶ τοῦ νόμου· |
|
14
|
14
|
| for we have heard him say, that this Jesus of Nazareth shall destroy this place, and shall change the customs which Moses delivered unto us. | ἀκηκόαμεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος οὗτος καταλύσει τὸν τόπον τοῦτον, καὶ ἀλλάξει τὰ ἔθη ἃ παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν Μωσῆς. |
|
15
|
15
|
| And all that sat in the council, fastening their eyes on him, saw his face as it had been the face of an angel. | Καὶ ἀτενίσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν ἅπαντες οἱ καθεζόμενοι ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ, εἶδον τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου. |
|
Chapter 7
|
Κεφάλαιο 7
|
|
1
|
1
|
| And the high priest said, Are then these things so? | Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεύς, Εἰ ἄρα ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει; |
|
2
|
2
|
| And he said, Brethren and fathers, hearken: The God of glory appeared unto our father Abraham, when he was in Mesopotamia, before he dwelt in Haran, | Ὁ δὲ ἔφη, Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατε. Ὁ θεὸς τῆς δόξης ὤφθη τῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν Ἀβραὰμ ὄντι ἐν τῇ Μεσοποταμίᾳ, πρὶν ἢ κατοικῆσαι αὐτὸν ἐν Χαρράν, |
|
3
|
3
|
| and said unto him, Get thee out of thy land, and from thy kindred, and come into a land that I shall show thee. | καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, Ἔξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς σου καὶ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας σου, καὶ δεῦρο εἰς γῆν ἣν ἄν σοι δείξω. |
|
4
|
4
|
| Then came he out of the land of the Chaldeans, and dwelt in Haran: and from thence, when his father was dead, God removed him into this land, wherein ye now dwell: | Τότε ἐξελθὼν ἐκ γῆς Χαλδαίων κατῴκησεν ἐν Χαρράν· κἀκεῖθεν, μετὰ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, μετῴκισεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν γῆν ταύτην εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς νῦν κατοικεῖτε· |
|
5
|
5
|
| and he gave him none inheritance in it, no, not so much as to set his foot on: and he promised that he would give it to him in possession, and to his seed after him, when as yet he had no child. | καὶ οὐκ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κληρονομίαν ἐν αὐτῇ, οὐδὲ βῆμα ποδός· καὶ ἐπηγγείλατο δοῦναι αὐτῷ εἰς κατάσχεσιν αὐτήν, καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτόν, οὐκ ὄντος αὐτῷ τέκνου. |
|
6
|
6
|
| And God spake on this wise, that his seed should sojourn in a strange land, and that they should bring them into bondage, and treat them ill, four hundred years. | Ἐλάλησεν δὲ οὕτως ὁ θεός, ὅτι ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ πάροικον ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ, καὶ δουλώσουσιν αὐτὸ καὶ κακώσουσιν, ἔτη τετρακόσια. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And the nation to which they shall be in bondage will I judge, said God: and after that shall they come forth, and serve me in this place. | Καὶ τὸ ἔθνος, ᾧ ἐὰν δουλεύσωσιν, κρινῶ ἐγώ, εἶπεν ὁ θεός· καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξελεύσονται, καὶ λατρεύσουσίν μοι ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ. |
|
8
|
8
|
| And he gave him the covenant of circumcision: and so Abraham begat Isaac, and circumcised him the eighth day; and Isaac begat Jacob, and Jacob the twelve patriarchs. | Καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ διαθήκην περιτομῆς· καὶ οὕτως ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ, καὶ περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ· καὶ ὁ Ἰσαὰκ τὸν Ἰακώβ, καὶ ὁ Ἰακὼβ τοὺς δώδεκα πατριάρχας. |
|
9
|
9
|
| And the patriarchs, moved with jealousy against Joseph, sold him into Egypt: and God was with him, | Καὶ οἱ πατριάρχαι ζηλώσαντες τὸν Ἰωσὴφ ἀπέδοντο εἰς Αἴγυπτον· καὶ ἦν ὁ θεὸς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, |
|
10
|
10
|
| and delivered him out of all his afflictions, and gave him favor and wisdom before Pharaoh king of Egypt; and he made him governor over Egypt and all his house. | καὶ ἐξείλετο αὐτὸν ἐκ πασῶν τῶν θλίψεων αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ χάριν καὶ σοφίαν ἐναντίον Φαραὼ βασιλέως Αἰγύπτου, καὶ κατέστησεν αὐτὸν ἡγούμενον ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον καὶ ὅλον τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ. |
|
11
|
11
|
| Now there came a famine over all the land of Egypt and Canaan, and great affliction: and our fathers found no sustenance. | Ἦλθεν δὲ λιμὸς ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν Αἰγύπτου καὶ Χαναάν, καὶ θλίψις μεγάλη· καὶ οὐχ εὕρισκον χορτάσματα οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν. |
|
12
|
12
|
| But when Jacob heard that there was grain in Egypt, he sent forth our fathers the first time. | Ἀκούσας δὲ Ἰακὼβ ὄντα σῖτα ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, ἐξαπέστειλεν τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν πρῶτον. |
|
13
|
13
|
| And at the second time Joseph was made known to his brethren; and Joseph’s race became manifest unto Pharaoh. | Καὶ ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ ἀνεγνωρίσθη Ἰωσὴφ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ, καὶ φανερὸν ἐγένετο τῷ Φαραὼ τὸ γένος τοῦ Ἰωσήφ. |
|
14
|
14
|
| And Joseph sent, and called to him his father Jacob, and all his kindred, threescore and fifteen souls. | Ἀποστείλας δὲ Ἰωσὴφ μετεκαλέσατο τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ Ἰακώβ, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν, ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε. |
|
15
|
15
|
| And Jacob went down into Egypt; and he died, himself and our fathers; | Κατέβη δὲ Ἰακὼβ εἰς Αἴγυπτον, καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν· |
|
16
|
16
|
| and they were carried over unto Shechem, and laid in the tomb that Abraham bought for a price in silver of the sons of Hamor the father of Shechem. | καὶ μετετέθησαν εἰς Συχέμ, καὶ ἐτέθησαν ἐν τῷ μνήματι ὃ ὠνήσατο Ἀβραὰμ τιμῆς ἀργυρίου παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν Ἐμμὸρ τοῦ Συχέμ. |
|
17
|
17
|
| But as the time of the promise drew nigh which God had sworn to Abraham, the people grew and multiplied in Egypt, | Καθὼς δὲ ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας ἧς ὤμοσεν ὁ θεὸς τῷ Ἀβραάμ, ηὔξησεν ὁ λαὸς καὶ ἐπληθύνθη ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, |
|
18
|
18
|
| till there arose another king, who knew not Joseph. | ἄχρι οὗ ἀνέστη βασιλεὺς ἕτερος, ὃς οὐκ ᾔδει τὸν Ἰωσήφ. |
|
19
|
19
|
| The same dealt craftily with our race, and ill-treated our fathers, that they should cast out their babes to the end they might not live. | Οὗτος κατασοφισάμενος τὸ γένος ἡμῶν, ἐκάκωσεν τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν, τοῦ ποιεῖν ἔκθετα τὰ βρέφη αὐτῶν, εἰς τὸ μὴ ζῳογονεῖσθαι. |
|
20
|
20
|
| At which season Moses was born, and was exceeding fair; and he was nourished three months in his father’s house: | Ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ ἐγεννήθη Μωσῆς, καὶ ἦν ἀστεῖος τῷ θεῷ· ὃς ἀνετράφη μῆνας τρεῖς ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ πατρός. |
|
21
|
21
|
| and when he was cast out, Pharaoh’s daughter took him up, and nourished him for her own son. | Ἐκτεθέντα δὲ αὐτόν, ἀνείλετο ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραώ, καὶ ἀνεθρέψατο αὐτὸν ἑαυτῇ εἰς υἱόν. |
|
22
|
22
|
| And Moses was instructed in all the wisdom of the Egyptians; and he was mighty in words and in works. | Καὶ ἐπαιδεύθη Μωσῆς πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων· ἦν δὲ δυνατὸς ἐν λόγοις καὶ ἔργοις. |
|
23
|
23
|
| But when he was well-nigh forty years old, it came into his heart to visit his brethren the children of Israel. | Ὡς δὲ ἐπληροῦτο αὐτῷ τεσσαρακονταετὴς χρόνος, ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτοῦ ἐπισκέψασθαι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ. |
|
24
|
24
|
| And seeing one of them suffer wrong, he defended him, and avenged him that was oppressed, smiting the Egyptian: | Καὶ ἰδών τινα ἀδικούμενον, ἠμύνατο καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐκδίκησιν τῷ καταπονουμένῳ, πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον· |
|
25
|
25
|
| and he supposed that his brethren understood that God by his hand was giving them deliverance; but they understood not. | ἐνόμιζεν δὲ συνιέναι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ ὅτι ὁ θεὸς διὰ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς σωτηρίαν· οἱ δὲ οὐ συνῆκαν. |
|
26
|
26
|
| And the day following he appeared unto them as they strove, and urged them to peace, saying, Sirs, ye are brethren; why do ye wrong one to another? | Τῇ τε ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς μαχομένοις, καὶ συνήλασεν αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην, εἰπών, Ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί ἐστε ὑμεῖς· ἵνα τί ἀδικεῖτε ἀλλήλους; |
|
27
|
27
|
| But he that did his neighbor wrong thrust him away, saying, Who made thee a ruler and a judge over us? | Ὁ δὲ ἀδικῶν τὸν πλησίον ἀπώσατο αὐτόν, εἰπών, Τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς; |
|
28
|
28
|
| Wouldest thou kill me, as thou killedst the Egyptian yesterday? | Μὴ ἀνελεῖν με σὺ θέλεις, ὃν τρόπον ἀνεῖλες χθὲς τὸν Αἰγύπτιον; |
|
29
|
29
|
| And Moses fled at this saying, and became a sojourner in the land of Midian, where he begat two sons. | Ἔφυγεν δὲ Μωσῆς ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ, καὶ ἐγένετο πάροικος ἐν γῇ Μαδιάμ, οὗ ἐγέννησεν υἱοὺς δύο. |
|
30
|
30
|
| And when forty years were fulfilled, an angel of the Lord appeared to him in the wilderness of mount Sinai, in a flame of fire in a bush. | Καὶ πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσαράκοντα, ὤφθη αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τοῦ ὄρους Σινᾶ ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐν φλογὶ πυρὸς βάτου. |
|
31
|
31
|
| And when Moses saw it, he wondered at the sight: and as he drew near to behold, there came a voice of the Lord unto him, | Ὁ δὲ Μωσῆς ἰδὼν ἐθαύμαζεν τὸ ὅραμα· προσερχομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι, ἐγένετο φωνὴ κυρίου πρὸς αὐτόν, |
|
32
|
32
|
| I am the God of thy fathers, the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob. And Moses trembled, and durst not behold. | Ἐγὼ ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου, ὁ θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ καὶ ὁ θεὸς Ἰακώβ. Ἔντρομος δὲ γενόμενος Μωσῆς οὐκ ἐτόλμα κατανοῆσαι. |
|
33
|
33
|
| And the Lord said unto him, Loose the shoes from thy feet: for the place whereon thou standest is holy ground. | Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος, Λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν σου· ὁ γὰρ τόπος ἐν ᾧ ἕστηκας γῆ ἁγία ἐστίν. |
|
34
|
34
|
| I have surely seen the affliction of my people that is in Egypt, and have heard their groaning, and I am come down to deliver them: and now come, I will send thee into Egypt. | Ἰδὼν εἶδον τὴν κάκωσιν τοῦ λαοῦ μου τοῦ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ τοῦ στεναγμοῦ αὐτῶν ἤκουσα· καὶ κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς· καὶ νῦν δεῦρο, ἀποστελῶ σε εἰς Αἴγυπτον. |
|
35
|
35
|
| This Moses whom they refused, saying, Who made thee a ruler and a judge? him did God send to be a ruler and a deliverer by the hand of the angel that appeared to him in the bush. | Τοῦτον τὸν Μωσῆν ὃν ἠρνήσαντο εἰπόντες, Τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστήν; τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς ἄρχοντα καὶ λυτρωτὴν ἀπέστειλεν ἐν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ βάτῳ. |
|
36
|
36
|
| This man led them forth, having wrought wonders and signs in the land of Egypt, and in the Red Sea, and in the wilderness forty years. | Οὗτος ἐξήγαγεν αὐτούς, ποιήσας τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ ἐν Ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάσσῃ, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα. |
|
37
|
37
|
| This is that Moses, who said unto the children of Israel, A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you from among your brethren, like unto me. | Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Μωσῆς ὁ εἰπὼν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, Προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει κύριος ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν ὡς ἐμέ. |
|
38
|
38
|
| This is he that was in the church in the wilderness with the angel that spake to him in the mount Sinai, and with our fathers: who received living oracles to give unto us: | Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ μετὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου τοῦ λαλοῦντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ ὄρει Σινᾶ καὶ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν· ὃς ἐδέξατο λόγον ζῶντα δοῦναι ἡμῖν· |
|
39
|
39
|
| to whom our fathers would not be obedient, but thrust him from them, and turned back in their heart unto Egypt, | ᾧ οὐκ ἠθέλησαν ὑπήκοοι γενέσθαι οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν, ἀλλ’ ἀπώσαντο, καὶ ἐστράφησαν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, |
|
40
|
40
|
| saying unto Aaron, Make us gods that shall go before us: for as for this Moses, who led us forth out of the land of Egypt, we know not what is become of him. | εἰπόντες τῷ Ἀαρών, Ποίησον ἡμῖν θεοὺς οἳ προπορεύσονται ἡμῶν· ὁ γὰρ Μωσῆς οὗτος, ὃς ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, οὐκ οἴδαμεν τί γέγονεν αὐτῷ. |
|
41
|
41
|
| And they made a calf in those days, and brought a sacrifice unto the idol, and rejoiced in the works of their hands. | Καὶ ἐμοσχοποίησαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις, καὶ ἀνήγαγον θυσίαν τῷ εἰδώλῳ, καὶ εὐφραίνοντο ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν. |
|
42
|
42
|
| But God turned, and gave them up to serve the host of heaven; as it is written in the book of the prophets, Did ye offer unto me slain beasts and sacrifices Forty years in the wilderness, O house of Israel? | Ἔστρεψεν δὲ ὁ θεός, καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς λατρεύειν τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ· καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ τῶν προφητῶν, Μὴ σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ μοι ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οἶκος Ἰσραήλ; |
|
43
|
43
|
| And ye took up the tabernacle of Moloch, And the star of your god Remphan, The figures which ye made to worship them: And I will carry you away beyond Babylon. | Καὶ ἀνελάβετε τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ Μολόχ, καὶ τὸ ἄστρον τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν Ῥεμφάν, τοὺς τύπους οὓς ἐποιήσατε προσκυνεῖν αὐτοῖς· καὶ μετοικιῶ ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος. |
|
44
|
44
|
| Our fathers had the tabernacle of the testimony in the wilderness, even as he appointed who spake unto Moses, that he should make it according to the figure that he had seen. | Ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἦν τοῖς πατράσιν ἡμῶν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καθὼς διετάξατο ὁ λαλῶν τῷ Μωσῇ, ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν κατὰ τὸν τύπον ὃν ἑωράκει. |
|
45
|
45
|
| Which also our fathers, in their turn, brought in with Joshua when they entered on the possession of the nations, that God thrust out before the face of our fathers, unto the days of David; | Ἣν καὶ εἰσήγαγον διαδεξάμενοι οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν, ὧν ἐξῶσεν ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, ἕως τῶν ἡμερῶν Δαυίδ· |
|
46
|
46
|
| who found favor in the sight of God, and asked to find a habitation for the God of Jacob. | ὃς εὗρεν χάριν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ᾐτήσατο εὑρεῖν σκήνωμα τῷ θεῷ Ἰακώβ. |
|
47
|
47
|
| But Solomon built him a house. | Σολομῶν δὲ ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτῷ οἶκον. |
|
48
|
48
|
| Howbeit the Most High dwelleth not in temples made with hands; as saith the prophet, | Ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὁ ὕψιστος ἐν χειροποιήτοις ναοῖς κατοικεῖ, καθὼς ὁ προφήτης λέγει, |
|
49
|
49
|
| The heaven is my throne, And the earth the footstool of my feet: What manner of house will ye build me? saith the Lord: Or what is the place of my rest? | Ὁ οὐρανός μοι θρόνος, ἡ δὲ γῆ ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου· ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι; λέγει κύριος· ἢ τίς τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου; |
|
50
|
50
|
| Did not my hand make all these things? | Οὐχὶ ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα; |
|
51
|
51
|
| Ye stiff-necked and uncircumcised in heart and ears, ye do always resist the Holy Spirit: as your fathers did, so do ye. | Σκληροτράχηλοι καὶ ἀπερίτμητοι τῇ καρδίᾳ καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν, ὑμεῖς ἀεὶ τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ ἀντιπίπτετε· ὡς οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν, καὶ ὑμεῖς. |
|
52
|
52
|
| Which of the prophets did not your fathers persecute? and they killed them that showed before of the coming of the Righteous One; of whom ye have now become betrayers and murderers; | Τίνα τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν; Καὶ ἀπέκτειναν τοὺς προκαταγγείλαντας περὶ τῆς ἐλεύσεως τοῦ δικαίου, οὗ νῦν ὑμεῖς προδόται καὶ φονεῖς γεγένησθε· |
|
53
|
53
|
| ye who received the law as it was ordained by angels, and kept it not. | οἵτινες ἐλάβετε τὸν νόμον εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων, καὶ οὐκ ἐφυλάξατε. |
|
54
|
54
|
| Now when they heard these things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth. | Ἀκούοντες δὲ ταῦτα, διεπρίοντο ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔβρυχον τοὺς ὀδόντας ἐπ’ αὐτόν. |
|
55
|
55
|
| But he, being full of the Holy Spirit, looked up steadfastly into heaven, and saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God, | Ὑπάρχων δὲ πλήρης πνεύματος ἁγίου, ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, εἶδεν δόξαν θεοῦ, καὶ Ἰησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ, |
|
56
|
56
|
| and said, Behold, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God. | καὶ εἶπεν, Ἰδού, θεωρῶ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ἀνεῳγμένους, καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ δεξιῶν ἑστῶτα τοῦ θεοῦ. |
|
57
|
57
|
| But they cried out with a loud voice, and stopped their ears, and rushed upon him with one accord; | Κράξαντες δὲ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, συνέσχον τὰ ὦτα αὐτῶν, καὶ ὥρμησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐπ’ αὐτόν· |
|
58
|
58
|
| and they cast him out of the city, and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their garments at the feet of a young man named Saul. | καὶ ἐκβαλόντες ἔξω τῆς πόλεως, ἐλιθοβόλουν· καὶ οἱ μάρτυρες ἀπέθεντο τὰ ἱμάτια παρὰ τοὺς πόδας νεανίου καλουμένου Σαύλου. |
|
59
|
59
|
| And they stoned Stephen, calling upon the Lord, and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spirit. | Καὶ ἐλιθοβόλουν τὸν Στέφανον, ἐπικαλούμενον καὶ λέγοντα, Κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ πνεῦμά μου. |
|
60
|
60
|
| And he knelt down, and cried with a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep. | Θεὶς δὲ τὰ γόνατα, ἔκραξεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, Κύριε, μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ταύτην. Καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν ἐκοιμήθη. |
|
Chapter 8
|
Κεφάλαιο 8
|
|
1
|
1
|
| And Saul was consenting unto his death. And there arose on that day a great persecution against the church which was in Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of Judea and Samaria, except the apostles. | Σαῦλος δὲ ἦν συνευδοκῶν τῇ ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ. Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ διωγμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τὴν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις· πάντες δὲ διεσπάρησαν κατὰ τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Σαμαρείας, πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων. |
|
2
|
2
|
| And devout men buried Stephen, and made great lamentation over him. | Συνεκόμισαν δὲ τὸν Στέφανον ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς, καὶ ἐποιήσαντο κοπετὸν μέγαν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ. |
|
3
|
3
|
| But Saul laid waste the church, entering into every house, and dragging men and women committed them to prison. | Σαῦλος δὲ ἐλυμαίνετο τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, κατὰ τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος, σύρων τε ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας παρεδίδου εἰς φυλακήν. |
|
4
|
4
|
| They therefore that were scattered abroad went about preaching the word. | Οἱ μὲν οὖν διασπαρέντες διῆλθον, εὐαγγελιζόμενοι τὸν λόγον. |
|
5
|
5
|
| And Philip went down to a city of Samaria, and proclaimed unto them the Christ. | Φίλιππος δὲ κατελθὼν εἰς πόλιν τῆς Σαμαρείας, ἐκήρυσσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν χριστόν. |
|
6
|
6
|
| And the multitudes gave heed with one accord unto the things that were spoken by Philip, when they heard, and saw the signs which he did. | Προσεῖχόν τε οἱ ὄχλοι τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου ὁμοθυμαδόν, ἐν τῷ ἀκούειν αὐτοὺς καὶ βλέπειν τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει. |
|
7
|
7
|
| For from many of those that had unclean spirits, they came out, crying with a loud voice: and many that were palsied, and that were lame, were healed. | Πολλῶν γὰρ τῶν ἐχόντων πνεύματα ἀκάθαρτα, βοῶντα φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐξήρχετο· πολλοὶ δὲ παραλελυμένοι καὶ χωλοὶ ἐθεραπεύθησαν. |
|
8
|
8
|
| And there was great joy in that city. | Καὶ ἐγένετο χαρὰ μεγάλη ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ. |
|
9
|
9
|
| But there was a certain man, Simon by name, who beforetime in the city used sorcery, and amazed the people of Samaria, giving out that himself was some great one: | Ἀνὴρ δέ τις ὀνόματι Σίμων προϋπῆρχεν ἐν τῇ πόλει μαγεύων καὶ ἐξιστῶν τὸ ἔθνος τῆς Σαμαρείας, λέγων εἶναί τινα ἑαυτὸν μέγαν· |
|
10
|
10
|
| to whom they gave heed, from the least to the greatest, saying, This man is the great power of God. | ᾧ προσεῖχον ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, λέγοντες, Οὗτός ἐστιν ἡ δύναμις τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ μεγάλη. |
|
11
|
11
|
| And they gave heed to him, because that of long time he had amazed them with his sorceries. | Προσεῖχον δὲ αὐτῷ, διὰ τὸ ἱκανῷ χρόνῳ ταῖς μαγείαις ἐξεστακέναι αὐτούς. |
|
12
|
12
|
| But when they believed Philip preaching the good tidings concerning the kingdom of God and the name of Jesus Christ, they were baptized, both men and women. | Ὅτε δὲ ἐπίστευσαν τῷ Φιλίππῳ εὐαγγελιζομένῳ τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἐβαπτίζοντο ἄνδρες τε καὶ γυναῖκες. |
|
13
|
13
|
| And Simon also himself believed: and being baptized, he continued with Philip; and beholding miracles and signs wrought, he was amazed. | Ὁ δὲ Σίμων καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπίστευσεν, καὶ βαπτισθεὶς ἦν προσκαρτερῶν τῷ Φιλίππῳ· θεωρῶν τε δυνάμεις καὶ σημεῖα γινόμενα, ἐξίστατο. |
|
14
|
14
|
| Now when the apostles that were at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God, they sent unto them Peter and John: | Ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀπόστολοι ὅτι δέδεκται ἡ Σαμάρεια τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸν Πέτρον καὶ Ἰωάννην· |
|
15
|
15
|
| who, when they were come down, prayed for them, that they might receive the Holy Spirit: | οἵτινες καταβάντες προσηύξαντο περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅπως λάβωσιν πνεῦμα ἅγιον· |
|
16
|
16
|
| for as yet it was fallen upon none of them: only they had been baptized into the name of Christ Jesus. | οὔπω γὰρ ἦν ἐπ’ οὐδενὶ αὐτῶν ἐπιπεπτωκός, μόνον δὲ βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ. |
|
17
|
17
|
| Then laid they their hands on them, and they received the Holy Spirit. | Τότε ἐπετίθουν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς, καὶ ἐλάμβανον πνεῦμα ἅγιον. |
|
18
|
18
|
| Now when Simon saw that through the laying on of the apostles’ hands the Holy Spirit was given, he offered them money, | Θεασάμενος δὲ ὁ Σίμων ὅτι διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων δίδοται τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, προσήνεγκεν αὐτοῖς χρήματα, |
|
19
|
19
|
| saying, Give me also this power, that on whomsoever I lay my hands, he may receive the Holy Spirit. | λέγων, Δότε κἀμοὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην, ἵνα ᾧ ἐὰν ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας, λαμβάνῃ πνεῦμα ἅγιον. |
|
20
|
20
|
| But Peter said unto him, Thy silver perish with thee, because thou hast thought to obtain the gift of God with money. | Πέτρος δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, Τὸ ἀργύριόν σου σὺν σοὶ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν, ὅτι τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνόμισας διὰ χρημάτων κτᾶσθαι. |
|
21
|
21
|
| Thou hast neither part nor lot in this matter: for thy heart is not right before God. | Οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ. Ἡ γὰρ καρδία σου οὐκ ἔστιν εὐθεῖα ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. |
|
22
|
22
|
| Repent therefore of this thy wickedness, and pray God, if perhaps the thought of thy heart shall be forgiven thee. | Μετανόησον οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας σου ταύτης, καὶ δεήθητι τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰ ἄρα ἀφεθήσεταί σοι ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς καρδίας σου. |
|
23
|
23
|
| For I see that thou art in the gall of bitterness and in the bond of iniquity. | Εἰς γὰρ χολὴν πικρίας καὶ σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας ὁρῶ σε ὄντα. |
|
24
|
24
|
| And Simon answered and said, Pray ye for me to the Lord, that none of the things which ye have spoken come upon me. | Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Σίμων εἶπεν, Δεήθητε ὑμεῖς ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ πρὸς τὸν κύριον, ὅπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ ὧν εἰρήκατε. |
|
25
|
25
|
| They therefore, when they had testified and spoken the word of the Lord, returned to Jerusalem, and preached the gospel to many villages of the Samaritans. | Οἱ μὲν οὖν διαμαρτυράμενοι καὶ λαλήσαντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, πολλάς τε κώμας τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν εὐηγγελίσαντο. |
|
26
|
26
|
| But an angel of the Lord spake unto Philip, saying, Arise, and go toward the south unto the way that goeth down from Jerusalem unto Gaza: the same is desert. | Ἄγγελος δὲ κυρίου ἐλάλησεν πρὸς Φίλιππον, λέγων, Ἀνάστηθι καὶ πορεύου κατὰ μεσημβρίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν καταβαίνουσαν ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ εἰς Γάζαν· αὕτη ἐστὶν ἔρημος. |
|
27
|
27
|
| And he arose and went: and behold, a man of Ethiopia, a eunuch of great authority under Candace, the queen of the Ethiopians, who was over all her treasure, who had come to Jerusalem to worship; | Καὶ ἀναστὰς ἐπορεύθη· καὶ ἰδού, ἀνὴρ Αἰθίοψ εὐνοῦχος δυνάστης Κανδάκης τῆς βασιλίσσης Αἰθιόπων, ὃς ἦν ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς, ὃς ἐληλύθει προσκυνήσων εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, |
|
28
|
28
|
| and he was returning and sitting in his chariot, and was reading the prophet Isaiah. | ἦν τε ὑποστρέφων καὶ καθήμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ ἅρματος αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνεγίνωσκεν τὸν προφήτην Ἠσαΐαν. |
|
29
|
29
|
| And the Spirit said unto Philip, Go near, and join thyself to this chariot. | Εἶπεν δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τῷ Φιλίππῳ, Πρόσελθε καὶ κολλήθητι τῷ ἅρματι τούτῳ. |
|
30
|
30
|
| And Philip ran to him, and heard him reading the prophet Isaiah, and said, Understandest thou what thou readest? | Προσδραμὼν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ ἀναγινώσκοντος τὸν προφήτην Ἠσαΐαν, καὶ εἶπεν, Ἆρά γε γινώσκεις ἃ ἀναγινώσκεις; |
|
31
|
31
|
| And he said, How can I, except someone shall guide me? And he besought Philip to come up and sit with him. | Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Πῶς γὰρ ἂν δυναίμην, ἐὰν μή τις ὁδηγήσῃ με; Παρεκάλεσέν τε τὸν Φίλιππον ἀναβάντα καθίσαι σὺν αὐτῷ. |
|
32
|
32
|
| Now the passage of the scripture which he was reading was this, He was led as a sheep to the slaughter; And as a lamb before his shearer is dumb, So he openeth not his mouth: | Ἡ δὲ περιοχὴ τῆς γραφῆς ἣν ἀνεγίνωσκεν ἦν αὕτη, Ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη, καὶ ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐναντίον τοῦ κείροντος αὐτὸν ἄφωνος, οὕτως οὐκ ἀνοίγει τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ. |
|
33
|
33
|
| In his humiliation his judgment was taken away: And who shall declare his generation? For his life is taken from the earth. | Ἐν τῇ ταπεινώσει αὐτοῦ ἡ κρίσις αὐτοῦ ἤρθη, τὴν δὲ γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται; Ὅτι αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ. |
|
34
|
34
|
| And the eunuch answered Philip, and said, I pray thee, of whom speaketh the prophet this? of himself, or of some other? | Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ εὐνοῦχος τῷ Φιλίππῳ εἶπεν, Δέομαί σου, περὶ τίνος ὁ προφήτης λέγει τοῦτο; Περὶ ἑαυτοῦ, ἢ περὶ ἑτέρου τινός; |
|
35
|
35
|
| And Philip opened his mouth, and beginning from this scripture, preached unto him Jesus. | Ἀνοίξας δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς γραφῆς ταύτης, εὐηγγελίσατο αὐτῷ τὸν Ἰησοῦν. |
|
36
|
36
|
| And as they went on the way, they came unto a certain water; and the eunuch saith, Behold, here is water; what doth hinder me to be baptized? | Ὡς δὲ ἐπορεύοντο κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ἦλθον ἐπί τι ὕδωρ· καί φησιν ὁ εὐνοῦχος, Ἰδού, ὕδωρ· τί κωλύει με βαπτισθῆναι; |
|
38
|
38
|
| And he commanded the chariot to stand still: and they both went down into the water, both Philip and the eunuch; and he baptized him. | Καὶ ἐκέλευσεν στῆναι τὸ ἅρμα· καὶ κατέβησαν ἀμφότεροι εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ, ὅ τε Φίλιππος καὶ ὁ εὐνοῦχος· καὶ ἐβάπτισεν αὐτόν. |
|
39
|
39
|
| And when they came up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip; and the eunuch saw him no more, for he went on his way rejoicing. | Ὅτε δὲ ἀνέβησαν ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος, πνεῦμα κυρίου ἥρπασεν τὸν Φίλιππον· καὶ οὐκ εἶδεν αὐτὸν οὐκέτι ὁ εὐνοῦχος, ἐπορεύετο γὰρ τὴν ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ χαίρων. |
|
40
|
40
|
| But Philip was found at Azotus: and passing through he preached the gospel to all the cities, till he came to Caesarea. | Φίλιππος δὲ εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον· καὶ διερχόμενος εὐηγγελίζετο τὰς πόλεις πάσας, ἕως τοῦ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν. |
|
Chapter 9
|
Κεφάλαιο 9
|
|
1
|
1
|
| But Saul, yet breathing threatening and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, went unto the high priest, | Ὁ δὲ Σαῦλος ἔτι ἐμπνέων ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς τοὺς μαθητὰς τοῦ κυρίου, προσελθὼν τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, |
|
2
|
2
|
| and asked of him letters to Damascus unto the synagogues, that if he found any that were of the Way, whether men or women, he might bring them bound to Jerusalem. | ᾐτήσατο παρ’ αὐτοῦ ἐπιστολὰς εἰς Δαμασκὸν πρὸς τὰς συναγωγάς, ὅπως ἐάν τινας εὕρῃ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντας ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας, δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. |
|
3
|
3
|
| And as he journeyed, it came to pass that he drew nigh unto Damascus: and suddenly there shone round about him a light from heaven: | Ἐν δὲ τῷ πορεύεσθαι, ἐγένετο αὐτὸν ἐγγίζειν τῇ Δαμασκῷ· καὶ ἐξαίφνης περιήστραψεν αὐτὸν φῶς ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ· |
|
4
|
4
|
| and he fell upon the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? | καὶ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἤκουσεν φωνὴν λέγουσαν αὐτῷ, Σαούλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις; |
|
5
|
5
|
| And he said, Who art thou, Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest: | Εἶπεν δέ, Τίς εἶ, κύριε; Ὁ δὲ κύριος εἶπεν, Ἐγώ εἰμι Ἰησοῦς ὃν σὺ διώκεις· |
|
6
|
6
|
| but rise, and enter into the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do. | ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι καὶ εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν πόλιν, καὶ λαληθήσεταί σοι τί σε δεῖ ποιεῖν. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And the men that journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing the voice, but beholding no man. | Οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες οἱ συνοδεύοντες αὐτῷ εἱστήκεισαν ἐνεοί, ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς, μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες. |
|
8
|
8
|
| And Saul arose from the earth; and when his eyes were opened, he saw no man; and they led him by the hand, and brought him into Damascus. | Ἠγέρθη δὲ ὁ Σαῦλος ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς· ἀνεῳγμένων τε τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ, οὐδένα ἔβλεπεν, χειραγωγοῦντες δὲ αὐτὸν εἰσήγαγον εἰς Δαμασκόν. |
|
9
|
9
|
| And he was three days without sight, and did neither eat nor drink. | Καὶ ἦν ἡμέρας τρεῖς μὴ βλέπων, καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν. |
|
10
|
10
|
| Now there was a certain disciple at Damascus, named Ananias; and the Lord said unto him in a vision, Ananias. And he said, Behold, I am here, Lord. | Ἦν δέ τις μαθητὴς ἐν Δαμασκῷ ὀνόματι Ἀνανίας, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος ἐν ὁράματι, Ἀνανία. Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Ἰδοὺ ἐγώ, κύριε. |
|
11
|
11
|
| And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go to the street which is called Straight, and inquire in the house of Judas for one named Saul, a man of Tarsus: for behold, he prayeth; | Ὁ δὲ κύριος πρὸς αὐτόν, Ἀναστὰς πορεύθητι ἐπὶ τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν, καὶ ζήτησον ἐν οἰκίᾳ Ἰούδα Σαῦλον ὀνόματι, Ταρσέα· ἰδοὺ γὰρ προσεύχεται, |
|
12
|
12
|
| and he hath seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in, and laying his hand on him, that he might receive his sight. | καὶ εἶδεν ἐν ὁράματι ἄνδρα ὀνόματι Ἀνανίαν εἰσελθόντα καὶ ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ χεῖρα, ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃ. |
|
13
|
13
|
| But Ananias answered, Lord, I have heard from many of this man, how much evil he did to thy saints at Jerusalem: | Ἀπεκρίθη δὲ Ἀνανίας, Κύριε, ἀκήκοα ἀπὸ πολλῶν περὶ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τούτου, ὅσα κακὰ ἐποίησεν τοῖς ἁγίοις σου ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ· |
|
14
|
14
|
| and here he hath authority from the chief priests to bind all that call upon thy name. | καὶ ὧδε ἔχει ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων, δῆσαι πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομά σου. |
|
15
|
15
|
| But the Lord said unto him, Go thy way: for he is a chosen vessel unto me, to bear my name before Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Israel: | Εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος, Πορεύου, ὅτι σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς μοι ἐστὶν οὗτος, τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν καὶ βασιλέων, υἱῶν τε Ἰσραήλ· |
|
16
|
16
|
| for I will show him how many things he must suffer for my name’s sake. | ἐγὼ γὰρ ὑποδείξω αὐτῷ ὅσα δεῖ αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου παθεῖν. |
|
17
|
17
|
| And Ananias departed, and entered into the house; and laying his hands on him said, Brother Saul, the Lord, who appeared unto thee in the way which thou camest, hath sent me, that thou mayest receive thy sight, and be filled with the Holy Spirit. | Ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἀνανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας εἶπεν, Σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ, ὁ κύριος ἀπέσταλκέν με, ὁ ὀφθείς σοι ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ᾗ ἤρχου, ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς πνεύματος ἁγίου. |
|
18
|
18
|
| And straightaway there fell from his eyes as it were scales, and he received his sight; and he arose and was baptized; | Καὶ εὐθέως ἀπέπεσον ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ λεπίδες, ἀνέβλεψέν τε καὶ ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη, |
|
19
|
19
|
| and he took food and regained his strength. And Saul was certain days with the disciples that were at Damascus. | καὶ λαβὼν τροφὴν ἐνίσχυσεν. Ἐγένετο δὲ ὁ Σαῦλος μετὰ τῶν ἐν Δαμασκῷ μαθητῶν ἡμέρας τινάς. |
|
20
|
20
|
| And straightaway in the synagogues he proclaimed the Christ, that he is the Son of God. | Καὶ εὐθέως ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ἐκήρυσσεν τὸν χριστόν, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. |
|
21
|
21
|
| And all that heard him were amazed, and said, Is not this he that in Jerusalem made havoc of them that called on this name, and came hither for this intent, that he might bring them bound before the chief priests. | Ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες καὶ ἔλεγον, Οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο, καὶ ὧδε εἰς τοῦτο ἐλήλυθεν ἵνα δεδεμένους αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς; |
|
22
|
22
|
| But Saul increased the more in strength, and confounded the Jews that dwelt at Damascus, proving that this is the Christ. | Σαῦλος δὲ μᾶλλον ἐνεδυναμοῦτο, καὶ συνέχυνεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν Δαμασκῷ, συμβιβάζων ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστός. |
|
23
|
23
|
| And when many days were fulfilled, the Jews took counsel together to kill him: | Ὡς δὲ ἐπληροῦντο ἡμέραι ἱκαναί, συνεβουλεύσαντο οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν· |
|
24
|
24
|
| but their plot became known to Saul. And they watched the gates both day and night that they might kill him: | ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν. Παρετήρουν τε τὰς πύλας ἡμέρας τε καὶ νυκτός, ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀνέλωσιν· |
|
25
|
25
|
| but the disciples took him by night, and let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket. | λαβόντες δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ νυκτός, καθῆκαν διὰ τοῦ τείχους, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι. |
|
26
|
26
|
| And when Saul was come to Jerusalem, he assayed to join himself to the disciples: and they were all afraid of him, not believing that he was a disciple. | Παραγενόμενος δὲ ὁ Σαῦλος ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἐπειρᾶτο κολλᾶσθαι τοῖς μαθηταῖς· καὶ πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν, μὴ πιστεύοντες ὅτι ἐστὶν μαθητής. |
|
27
|
27
|
| But Barnabas took him, and brought him to the apostles, and declared unto them how he had seen the Lord in the way, and that he had spoken to him, and how at Damascus he had preached boldly in the name of Jesus. | Βαρνάβας δὲ ἐπιλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ἤγαγεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους, καὶ διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς πῶς ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ εἶδεν τὸν κύριον, καὶ ὅτι ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, καὶ πῶς ἐν Δαμασκῷ ἐπαρρησιάσατο ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. |
|
28
|
28
|
| And he was with them going into Jerusalem, and preaching boldly in the name of the Lord Jesus: | Καὶ ἦν μετ’ αὐτῶν εἰσπορευόμενος εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ παρρησιαζόμενος ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, |
|
29
|
29
|
| and he spake and disputed against the Grecian Jews; but they were seeking to kill him. | ἐλάλει τε καὶ συνεζήτει πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς· οἱ δὲ ἐπεχείρουν αὐτὸν ἀνελεῖν. |
|
30
|
30
|
| And when the brethren knew it, they brought him down to Caesarea, and sent him forth to Tarsus. | Ἐπιγνόντες δὲ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν, καὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν εἰς Ταρσόν. |
|
31
|
31
|
| So the churches throughout all Judea and Galilee and Samaria had peace, being edified; and, walking in the fear of the Lord and in the comfort of the Holy Spirit, were multiplied. | Αἱ μὲν οὖν ἐκκλησίαι καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Γαλιλαίας καὶ Σαμαρείας εἶχον εἰρήνην οἰκοδομούμεναι, καὶ πορευόμεναι τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ κυρίου καὶ τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐπληθύνοντο. |
|
32
|
32
|
| And it came to pass, as Peter went throughout all parts, he came down also to the saints that dwelt at Lydda. | Ἐγένετο δὲ Πέτρον διερχόμενον διὰ πάντων κατελθεῖν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἁγίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας Λύδδαν. |
|
33
|
33
|
| And there he found a certain man named Aeneas, who had kept his bed eight years; for he was palsied. | Εὗρεν δὲ ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν τινα Αἰνέαν ὀνόματι, ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραββάτῳ, ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος. |
|
34
|
34
|
| And Peter said unto him, Aeneas, Jesus the Christ healeth thee: arise, and make thy bed. And straightaway he arose. | Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος, Αἰνέα, ἰᾶταί σε Ἰησοῦς ὁ χριστός· ἀνάστηθι καὶ στρῶσον σεαυτῷ. Καὶ εὐθέως ἀνέστη. |
|
35
|
35
|
| And all that dwelt at Lydda and in Sharon saw him, and they turned to the Lord. | Καὶ εἶδον αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες Λύδδαν καὶ τὸν Ἀσσάρωνα, οἵτινες ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον. |
|
36
|
36
|
| Now there was at Joppa a certain disciple named Tabitha, which by interpretation is called Dorcas: this woman was full of good works and almsdeeds which she did. | Ἐν Ἰόππῃ δέ τις ἦν μαθήτρια ὀνόματι Ταβηθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται Δορκάς· αὕτη ἦν πλήρης ἀγαθῶν ἔργων καὶ ἐλεημοσυνῶν ὧν ἐποίει. |
|
37
|
37
|
| And it came to pass in those days, that she fell sick, and died: and when they had washed her, they laid her in an upper chamber. | Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις ἀσθενήσασαν αὐτὴν ἀποθανεῖν· λούσαντες δὲ αὐτὴν ἔθηκαν ἐν ὑπερῴῳ. |
|
38
|
38
|
| And as Lydda was nigh unto Joppa, the disciples, hearing that Peter was there, sent unto him, entreating him that he would not delay to come to them. | Ἐγγὺς δὲ οὔσης Λύδδης τῇ Ἰόππῃ, οἱ μαθηταὶ ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Πέτρος ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῇ, ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτόν, παρακαλοῦντες μὴ ὀκνῆσαι διελθεῖν ἕως αὐτῶν. |
|
39
|
39
|
| And Peter arose and went with them. And when he was come, they brought him into the upper chamber: and all the widows stood by him weeping, and showing the coats and garments which Dorcas made, while she was with them. | Ἀναστὰς δὲ Πέτρος συνῆλθεν αὐτοῖς· ὃν παραγενόμενον ἀνήγαγον εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον, καὶ παρέστησαν αὐτῷ πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι κλαίουσαι καὶ ἐπιδεικνύμεναι χιτῶνας καὶ ἱμάτια ὅσα ἐποίει μετ’ αὐτῶν οὖσα ἡ Δορκάς. |
|
40
|
40
|
| But Peter put them all forth, knelt down, and prayed; and turning to the body, he said, Tabitha, arise. And she opened her eyes; and when she saw Peter, she sat up. | Ἐκβαλὼν δὲ ἔξω πάντας ὁ Πέτρος θεὶς τὰ γόνατα προσηύξατο· καὶ ἐπιστρέψας πρὸς τὸ σῶμα, εἶπεν, Ταβηθά, ἀνάστηθι. Ἡ δὲ ἤνοιξεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῆς· καὶ ἰδοῦσα τὸν Πέτρον, ἀνεκάθισεν. |
|
41
|
41
|
| And he gave her his hand, and raised her up; and calling the saints and widows, he presented her alive. | Δοὺς δὲ αὐτῇ χεῖρα, ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν· φωνήσας δὲ τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ τὰς χήρας, παρέστησεν αὐτὴν ζῶσαν. |
|
42
|
42
|
| And it became known throughout all Joppa: and many believed on the Lord. | Γνωστὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰόππης, καὶ πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον. |
|
43
|
43
|
| And it came to pass, that he abode many days in Joppa with one Simon a tanner. | Ἐγένετο δὲ ἡμέρας ἱκανὰς μεῖναι αὐτὸν ἐν Ἰόππῃ παρά τινι Σίμωνι βυρσεῖ. |
|
Chapter 10
|
Κεφάλαιο 10
|
|
1
|
1
|
| Now there was a certain man in Caesarea, Cornelius by name, a centurion of the band called the Italian band, | Ἀνὴρ δέ τις ἦν ἐν Καισαρείᾳ ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς, |
|
2
|
2
|
| a devout man, and one that feared God with all his house, who also gave much alms to the people, and prayed to God always. | εὐσεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν θεὸν σὺν παντὶ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ, ποιῶν τε ἐλεημοσύνας πολλὰς τῷ λαῷ, καὶ δεόμενος τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ παντός. |
|
3
|
3
|
| He saw in a vision openly, about the ninth hour of the day, an angel of God coming in unto him, and saying to him, Cornelius. | Εἶδεν ἐν ὁράματι φανερῶς, ὡσεὶ ὥραν ἐνάτην τῆς ἡμέρας, ἄγγελον τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθόντα πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ εἰπόντα αὐτῷ, Κορνήλιε. |
|
4
|
4
|
| And he, fastening his eyes upon him, and being affrighted, said, What is it, Lord? And he said unto him, Thy prayers and thine alms are gone up for a memorial before God. | Ὁ δὲ ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ καὶ ἔμφοβος γενόμενος εἶπεν, Τί ἐστιν, κύριε; Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ, Αἱ προσευχαί σου καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἀνέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. |
|
5
|
5
|
| And now send men to Joppa, and fetch Simon, who is surnamed Peter: | Καὶ νῦν πέμψον εἰς Ἰόππην ἄνδρας, καὶ μετάπεμψαι Σίμωνα τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον· |
|
6
|
6
|
| he lodgeth with one Simon a tanner, whose house is by the seaside. | οὗτος ξενίζεται παρά τινι Σίμωνι βυρσεῖ, ᾧ ἐστιν οἰκία παρὰ θάλασσαν. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And when the angel that spake unto Cornelius was departed, he called two of his household servants, and a devout soldier of them that waited on him continually; | Ὡς δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὁ λαλῶν τῷ Κορνηλίῳ, φωνήσας δύο τῶν οἰκετῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ τῶν προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ, |
|
8
|
8
|
| and having rehearsed all things unto them, he sent them to Joppa. | καὶ ἐξηγησάμενος αὐτοῖς ἅπαντα, ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ἰόππην. |
|
9
|
9
|
| Now on the morrow, as they were on their journey, and drew nigh unto the city, Peter went up upon the housetop to pray, about the sixth hour: | Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον, ὁδοιπορούντων ἐκείνων καὶ τῇ πόλει ἐγγιζόντων, ἀνέβη Πέτρος ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα προσεύξασθαι, περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην· |
|
10
|
10
|
| and he became hungry, and desired to eat: but while they made ready, a trance fell upon him; | ἐγένετο δὲ πρόσπεινος, καὶ ἤθελεν γεύσασθαι· παρασκευαζόντων δὲ ἐκείνων, ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις, |
|
11
|
11
|
| and he beholdeth the heaven opened, and a certain vessel descending unto him, as it were a great sheet, bound at the four corners, and let down upon the earth: | καὶ θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον, καὶ καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτὸν σκεῦός τι ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς δεδεμένον, καὶ καθιέμενον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· |
|
12
|
12
|
| wherein were all manner of four-footed beasts of the earth and wild beasts and creeping things and birds of the heaven. | ἐν ᾧ ὑπῆρχεν πάντα τὰ τετράποδα τῆς γῆς καὶ τὰ θηρία καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. |
|
13
|
13
|
| And there came a voice to him, Rise, Peter; kill and eat. | Καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν, Ἀναστάς, Πέτρε, θῦσον καὶ φάγε. |
|
14
|
14
|
| But Peter said, Not so, Lord; for I have never eaten anything that is common or unclean. | Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος εἶπεν, Μηδαμῶς, κύριε· ὅτι οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον. |
|
15
|
15
|
| And a voice came unto him again the second time, What God hath cleansed, make not thou common. | Καὶ φωνὴ πάλιν ἐκ δευτέρου πρὸς αὐτόν, Ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου. |
|
16
|
16
|
| And this was done thrice: and the vessel was received up again into heaven. | Τοῦτο δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς· καὶ πάλιν ἀνελήφθη τὸ σκεῦος εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. |
|
17
|
17
|
| Now while Peter was much perplexed in himself what the vision which he had seen might mean, then, behold, the men that were sent from Cornelius, having made inquiry for Simon’s house, stood before the gate, | Ὡς δὲ ἐν ἑαυτῷ διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὅραμα ὃ εἶδεν, καὶ ἰδού, οἱ ἄνδρες οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἀπὸ τοῦ Κορνηλίου, διερωτήσαντες τὴν οἰκίαν Σίμωνος, ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα, |
|
18
|
18
|
| and called and asked whether Simon, who was surnamed Peter, were lodging there. | καὶ φωνήσαντες ἐπυνθάνοντο εἰ Σίμων, ὁ ἐπικαλούμενος Πέτρος, ἐνθάδε ξενίζεται. |
|
19
|
19
|
| And while Peter thought on the vision, the Spirit said unto him, Behold, men are seeking thee. | Τοῦ δὲ Πέτρου διενθυμουμένου περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος, εἶπεν αὐτῷ τὸ πνεῦμα, Ἰδού, ἄνδρες ζητοῦσίν σε. |
|
20
|
20
|
| But arise, and get thee down, and go with them, nothing doubting: for I have sent them. | Ἀλλὰ ἀναστὰς κατάβηθι, καὶ πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς, μηδὲν διακρινόμενος· διότι ἐγὼ ἀπέσταλκα αὐτούς. |
|
21
|
21
|
| And Peter went down to the men, and said, Behold, I am he whom ye seek: what is the cause wherefore ye are come? | Καταβὰς δὲ Πέτρος πρὸς τοὺς ἄνδρας εἶπεν, Ἰδού, ἐγώ εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖτε· τίς ἡ αἰτία δι’ ἣν πάρεστε; |
|
22
|
22
|
| And they said, Cornelius a centurion, a righteous man and one that feareth God, and well reported of by all the nation of the Jews, was warned of God by a holy angel to send for thee into his house, and to hear words from thee. | Οἱ δὲ εἶπον, Κορνήλιος ἑκατοντάρχης, ἀνὴρ δίκαιος καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν θεόν, μαρτυρούμενός τε ὑπὸ ὅλου τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ἁγίου μεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ. |
|
23
|
23
|
| So he called them in and lodged them. And on the morrow Peter went forth with them, and certain of the brethren from Joppa accompanied him. | Εἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν. Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον ὁ Πέτρος ἐξῆλθεν σὺν αὐτοῖς, καί τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἀπὸ Ἰόππης συνῆλθον αὐτῷ. |
|
24
|
24
|
| And on the morrow they entered into Caesarea. And Cornelius was waiting for them, having called together his kinsmen and his near friends. | Καὶ τῇ ἐπαύριον εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν. Ὁ δὲ Κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτούς, συγκαλεσάμενος τοὺς συγγενεῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ τοὺς ἀναγκαίους φίλους. |
|
25
|
25
|
| And when it came to pass that Peter entered, Cornelius met him, and fell down at his feet, and worshiped him. | Ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον, συναντήσας αὐτῷ ὁ Κορνήλιος, πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας, προσεκύνησεν. |
|
26
|
26
|
| But Peter raised him up, saying, Stand up; I myself also am a man. | Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν λέγων, Ἀνάστηθι· κἀγὼ αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπός εἰμι. |
|
27
|
27
|
| And as he talked with him, he went in, and findeth many come together: | Καὶ συνομιλῶν αὐτῷ εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ εὑρίσκει συνεληλυθότας πολλούς, |
|
28
|
28
|
| and he said unto them, Ye yourselves know how it is an unlawful thing for a man that is a Jew to join himself or come unto one of another nation; and yet unto me hath God shown that I should not call any man common or unclean: | ἔφη τε πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε ὡς ἀθέμιτόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ Ἰουδαίῳ κολλᾶσθαι ἢ προσέρχεσθαι ἀλλοφύλῳ· καὶ ἐμοὶ ὁ θεὸς ἔδειξεν μηδένα κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον λέγειν ἄνθρωπον· |
|
29
|
29
|
| wherefore also I came without gainsaying, when I was sent for. I ask therefore with what intent ye sent for me. | διὸ καὶ ἀναντιρρήτως ἦλθον μεταπεμφθείς. Πυνθάνομαι οὖν, τίνι λόγῳ μετεπέμψασθέ με. |
|
30
|
30
|
| And Cornelius said, Four days ago, I was fasting until this hour; and I was keeping the ninth hour of prayer in my house; and behold, a man stood before me in bright apparel, | Καὶ ὁ Κορνήλιος ἔφη, Ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ὥρας ἤμην νηστεύων, καὶ τὴν ἐνάτην ὥραν προσευχόμενος ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ μου· καὶ ἰδού, ἀνὴρ ἔστη ἐνώπιόν μου ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, |
|
31
|
31
|
| and saith, Cornelius, thy prayer is heard, and thine alms are had in remembrance in the sight of God. | καί φησιν, Κορνήλιε, εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχή, καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι σου ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. |
|
32
|
32
|
| Send therefore to Joppa, and call unto thee Simon, who is surnamed Peter; he lodgeth in the house of Simon a tanner, by the seaside: who, when he cometh, shall speak unto thee. | Πέμψον οὖν εἰς Ἰόππην, καὶ μετακάλεσαι Σίμωνα ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος· οὗτος ξενίζεται ἐν οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος βυρσέως παρὰ θάλασσαν· ὃς παραγενόμενος λαλήσει σοι. |
|
33
|
33
|
| Forthwith therefore I sent to thee; and thou hast well done that thou art come. Now therefore we are all here present in the sight of God, to hear all things that have been commanded thee of God. | Ἐξαυτῆς οὖν ἔπεμψα πρός σε· σύ τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος. Νῦν οὖν πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ πάρεσμεν ἀκοῦσαι πάντα τὰ προστεταγμένα σοι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ. |
|
34
|
34
|
| And Peter opened his mouth, and said, Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons: | Ἀνοίξας δὲ Πέτρος τὸ στόμα εἶπεν, Ἐπ’ ἀληθείας καταλαμβάνομαι ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολήπτης ὁ θεός· |
|
35
|
35
|
| but in every nation he that feareth him, and worketh righteousness, is acceptable to him. | ἀλλ’ ἐν παντὶ ἔθνει ὁ φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, δεκτὸς αὐτῷ ἐστιν. |
|
36
|
36
|
| The word which he sent unto the children of Israel, preaching good tidings of peace by Jesus Christ (he is Lord of all)— | Τὸν λόγον ὃν ἀπέστειλεν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, εὐαγγελιζόμενος εἰρήνην διὰ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ- οὗτός ἐστιν πάντων κύριος- |
|
37
|
37
|
| that saying ye yourselves know, which was published throughout all Judea, beginning from Galilee, after the baptism which John preached; | ὑμεῖς οἴδατε, τὸ γενόμενον ῥῆμα καθ’ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ἀρξάμενον ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάννης· |
|
38
|
38
|
| even Jesus of Nazareth, how God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power: who went about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with him. | Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέτ, ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς πνεύματι ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει, ὃς διῆλθεν εὐεργετῶν καὶ ἰώμενος πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ. |
|
39
|
39
|
| And we are witnesses of all things which he did both in the country of the Jews, and in Jerusalem; whom also they slew, hanging him on a tree. | Καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες πάντων ὧν ἐποίησεν ἔν τε τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ· ὃν καὶ ἀνεῖλον κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου. |
|
40
|
40
|
| Him God raised up the third day, and gave him to be made manifest, | Τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι, |
|
41
|
41
|
| not to all the people, but unto witnesses that were chosen before of God, even to us, who ate and drank with him after he rose from the dead. | οὐ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ, ἀλλὰ μάρτυσιν τοῖς προκεχειροτονημένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἡμῖν, οἵτινες συνεφάγομεν καὶ συνεπίομεν αὐτῷ μετὰ τὸ ἀναστῆναι αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν. |
|
42
|
42
|
| And he charged us to preach unto the people, and to testify that this is he who is ordained of God to be the Judge of the living and the dead. | Καὶ παρήγγειλεν ἡμῖν κηρύξαι τῷ λαῷ, καὶ διαμαρτύρασθαι ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ κριτὴς ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν. |
|
43
|
43
|
| To him bear all the prophets witness, that through his name everyone that believeth on him shall receive remission of sins. | Τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται μαρτυροῦσιν, ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτόν. |
|
44
|
44
|
| While Peter yet spake these words, the Holy Spirit fell on all them that heard the word. | Ἔτι λαλοῦντος τοῦ Πέτρου τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα, ἐπέπεσεν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸν λόγον. |
|
45
|
45
|
| And they of the circumcision that believed were amazed, as many as came with Peter, because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Spirit. | Καὶ ἐξέστησαν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς πιστοί, ὅσοι συνῆλθον τῷ Πέτρῳ, ὅτι καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται. |
|
46
|
46
|
| For they heard them speak with tongues, and magnify God. Then answered Peter, | Ἤκουον γὰρ αὐτῶν λαλούντων γλώσσαις, καὶ μεγαλυνόντων τὸν θεόν. Τότε ἀπεκρίθη ὁ Πέτρος, |
|
47
|
47
|
| Can any man forbid the water, that these should not be baptized, who have received the Holy Spirit as well as we? | Μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ κωλῦσαι δύναταί τις, τοῦ μὴ βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἔλαβον καθὼς καὶ ἡμεῖς; |
|
48
|
48
|
| And he commanded them to be baptized in the name of the Lord. Then prayed they him to tarry certain days. | Προσέταξέν τε αὐτοὺς βαπτισθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου. Τότε ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν ἐπιμεῖναι ἡμέρας τινάς. |
|
Chapter 11
|
Κεφάλαιο 11
|
|
1
|
1
|
| Now the apostles and the brethren that were in Judea heard that the Gentiles also had received the word of God. | Ἤκουσαν δὲ οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ὄντες κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν ὅτι καὶ τὰ ἔθνη ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ. |
|
2
|
2
|
| And when Peter was come up to Jerusalem, they that were of the circumcision contended with him, | Καὶ ὅτε ἀνέβη Πέτρος εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, διεκρίνοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς, |
|
3
|
3
|
| saying, Thou wentest in to men uncircumcised, and didst eat with them. | λέγοντες ὅτι Πρὸς ἄνδρας ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας εἰσῆλθες, καὶ συνέφαγες αὐτοῖς. |
|
4
|
4
|
| But Peter began, and expounded the matter unto them in order, saying, | Ἀρξάμενος δὲ ὁ Πέτρος ἐξετίθετο αὐτοῖς καθεξῆς λέγων, |
|
5
|
5
|
| I was in the city of Joppa praying: and in a trance I saw a vision, a certain vessel descending, as it were a great sheet let down from heaven by four corners; and it came even unto me: | Ἐγὼ ἤμην ἐν πόλει Ἰόππῃ προσευχόμενος, καὶ εἶδον ἐν ἐκστάσει ὅραμα, καταβαῖνον σκεῦός τι, ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιεμένην ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἦλθεν ἄχρι ἐμοῦ· |
|
6
|
6
|
| upon which when I had fastened mine eyes, I considered, and saw the four-footed beasts of the earth and wild beasts and creeping things and birds of the heaven. | εἰς ἣν ἀτενίσας κατενόουν, καὶ εἶδον τὰ τετράποδα τῆς γῆς καὶ τὰ θηρία καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And I heard a voice saying unto me, Rise, Peter; kill and eat. | Ἤκουσα δὲ φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι, Ἀναστάς, Πέτρε, θῦσον καὶ φάγε. |
|
8
|
8
|
| But I said, Not so, Lord: for nothing common or unclean hath ever entered into my mouth. | Εἶπον δέ, Μηδαμῶς, κύριε· ὅτι πᾶν κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου. |
|
9
|
9
|
| But a voice answered me the second time out of heaven, What God hath cleansed, make not thou common. | Ἀπεκρίθη δέ μοι φωνὴ ἐκ δευτέρου ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου. |
|
10
|
10
|
| And this was done thrice: and all were drawn up again into heaven. | Τοῦτο δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς, καὶ πάλιν ἀνεσπάσθη ἅπαντα εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. |
|
11
|
11
|
| And behold, forthwith three men stood before the house in which I was, having been sent from Caesarea unto me. | Καὶ ἰδού, ἐξαυτῆς τρεῖς ἄνδρες ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐν ᾗ ἤμην, ἀπεσταλμένοι ἀπὸ Καισαρείας πρός με. |
|
12
|
12
|
| And the Spirit bade me go with them, making no distinction. And these six brethren also accompanied me; and we entered into the man’s house: | Εἶπεν δέ μοι τὸ πνεῦμα συνελθεῖν αὐτοῖς, μηδὲν διακρινόμενον. Ἦλθον δὲ σὺν ἐμοὶ καὶ οἱ ἓξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι, καὶ εἰσήλθομεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ ἀνδρός· |
|
13
|
13
|
| and he told us how he had seen the angel standing in his house, and saying unto him, Send men to Joppa, and fetch Simon, whose surname is Peter; | ἀπήγγειλέν τε ἡμῖν πῶς εἶδεν τὸν ἄγγελον ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ σταθέντα, καὶ εἰπόντα αὐτῷ, Ἀπόστειλον εἰς Ἰόππην ἄνδρας, καὶ μετάπεμψαι Σίμωνα, τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον, |
|
14
|
14
|
| who shall speak unto thee words, whereby thou shalt be saved, thou and all thy house. | ὃς λαλήσει ῥήματα πρός σε, ἐν οἷς σωθήσῃ σὺ καὶ πᾶς ὁ οἶκός σου. |
|
15
|
15
|
| And as I began to speak, the Holy Spirit fell on them, even as on us at the beginning. | Ἐν δὲ τῷ ἄρξασθαί με λαλεῖν, ἐπέπεσεν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτούς, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ἐν ἀρχῇ. |
|
16
|
16
|
| And I remembered the word of the Lord, how he said, John indeed baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized in the Holy Spirit. | Ἐμνήσθην δὲ τοῦ ῥήματος κυρίου, ὡς ἔλεγεν, Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι, ὑμεῖς δὲ βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. |
|
17
|
17
|
| If then God gave unto them the like gift as he did also unto us, when we believed on the Lord Jesus Christ, then who was I, that I could withstand God? | Εἰ οὖν τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν, πιστεύσασιν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον Ἰησοῦν χριστόν, ἐγὼ δὲ τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς κωλῦσαι τὸν θεόν; |
|
18
|
18
|
| And when they heard these things, they held their peace, and glorified God, saying, Then to the Gentiles also hath God granted repentance unto life. | Ἀκούσαντες δὲ ταῦτα ἡσύχασαν, καὶ ἐδόξαζον τὸν θεόν, λέγοντες, Ἄρα γε καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὁ θεὸς τὴν μετάνοιαν ἔδωκεν εἰς ζωήν. |
|
19
|
19
|
| They therefore that were scattered abroad upon the tribulation that arose about Stephen traveled as far as Phoenicia, and Cyprus, and Antioch, speaking the word to none save only to Jews. | Οἱ μὲν οὖν διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ διῆλθον ἕως Φοινίκης καὶ Κύπρου καὶ Ἀντιοχείας, μηδενὶ λαλοῦντες τὸν λόγον εἰ μὴ μόνον Ἰουδαίοις. |
|
20
|
20
|
| But there were some of them, men of Cyprus and Cyrene, who, when they were come to Antioch, spake unto the Grecian Jews, preaching the Lord Jesus. | Ἦσαν δέ τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄνδρες Κύπριοι καὶ Κυρηναῖοι, οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν, ἐλάλουν πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς, εὐαγγελιζόμενοι τὸν κύριον Ἰησοῦν. |
|
21
|
21
|
| And the hand of the Lord was with them: and a great number believed, and turned unto the Lord. | Καὶ ἦν χεὶρ κυρίου μετ’ αὐτῶν· πολύς τε ἀριθμὸς πιστεύσας ἐπέστρεψεν ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον. |
|
22
|
22
|
| And the report concerning them came to the ears of the church which was in Jerusalem: and they sent forth Barnabas, that he should go as far as Antioch: | Ἠκούσθη δὲ ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις περὶ αὐτῶν· καὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν Βαρνάβαν διελθεῖν ἕως Ἀντιοχείας· |
|
23
|
23
|
| who, when he was come, and had seen the grace of God, was glad; and he exhorted them all, that with purpose of heart they would cleave unto the Lord: | ὃς παραγενόμενος καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐχάρη, καὶ παρεκάλει πάντας τῇ προθέσει τῆς καρδίας προσμένειν τῷ κυρίῳ· |
|
24
|
24
|
| for he was a good man, and full of the Holy Spirit and of faith: and much people was added unto the Lord. | ὅτι ἦν ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ πλήρης πνεύματος ἁγίου καὶ πίστεως· καὶ προσετέθη ὄχλος ἱκανὸς τῷ κυρίῳ. |
|
25
|
25
|
| And Barnabas went forth to Tarsus to seek for Saul; | Ἐξῆλθεν δὲ εἰς Ταρσὸν ὁ Βαρνάβας ἀναζητῆσαι Σαῦλον, |
|
26
|
26
|
| and when he had found him, he brought him unto Antioch. And it came to pass, that for a whole year they were gathered together with the church, and taught much people; and that the disciples were called Christians first in Antioch. | καὶ εὑρὼν ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν. Ἐγένετο δὲ αὐτοὺς ἐνιαυτὸν ὅλον συναχθῆναι τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ καὶ διδάξαι ὄχλον ἱκανόν, χρηματίσαι τε πρῶτον ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τοὺς μαθητὰς Χριστιανούς. |
|
27
|
27
|
| Now in these days there came down prophets from Jerusalem unto Antioch. | Ἐν ταύταις δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις κατῆλθον ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων προφῆται εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν. |
|
28
|
28
|
| And there stood up one of them named Agabus, and signified by the Spirit that there should be a great famine over all the world: which also came to pass in the days of Claudius Caesar. | Ἀναστὰς δὲ εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν ὀνόματι Ἄγαβος, ἐσήμανεν διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος λιμὸν μέγαν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην· ὅστις καὶ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου Καίσαρος. |
|
29
|
29
|
| And the disciples, every man according to his ability, determined to send relief unto the brethren that dwelt in Judea: | Τῶν δὲ μαθητῶν καθὼς εὐπορεῖτό τις, ὥρισαν ἕκαστος αὐτῶν εἰς διακονίαν πέμψαι τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ἀδελφοῖς· |
|
30
|
30
|
| which also they did, sending it to the elders by the hand of Barnabas and Saul. | ὃ καὶ ἐποίησαν, ἀποστείλαντες πρὸς τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους διὰ χειρὸς Βαρνάβα καὶ Σαύλου. |
|
Chapter 12
|
Κεφάλαιο 12
|
|
1
|
1
|
| Now about that time Herod the king put forth his hands to afflict certain of the church. | Κατ’ ἐκεῖνον δὲ τὸν καιρὸν ἐπέβαλεν Ἡρῴδης ὁ βασιλεὺς τὰς χεῖρας κακῶσαί τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας. |
|
2
|
2
|
| And he killed James the brother of John with the sword. | Ἀνεῖλεν δὲ Ἰάκωβον τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἰωάννου μαχαίρᾳ. |
|
3
|
3
|
| And when he saw that it pleased the Jews, he proceeded to seize Peter also. And those were the days of unleavened bread. | Καὶ ἰδὼν ὅτι ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, προσέθετο συλλαβεῖν καὶ Πέτρον- ἦσαν δὲ αἱ ἡμέραι τῶν ἀζύμων- |
|
4
|
4
|
| And when he had taken him, he put him in prison, and delivered him to four quaternions of soldiers to guard him; intending after the Passover to bring him forth to the people. | ὃν καὶ πιάσας ἔθετο εἰς φυλακήν, παραδοὺς τέσσαρσιν τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν φυλάσσειν αὐτόν, βουλόμενος μετὰ τὸ Πάσχα ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ. |
|
5
|
5
|
| Peter therefore was kept in the prison: but earnest prayer was made of the church unto God for him. | Ὁ μὲν οὖν Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ· προσευχὴ δὲ ἦν ἐκτενὴς γινομένη ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ. |
|
6
|
6
|
| And when Herod was about to bring him forth, the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains: and guards before the door kept the prison. | Ὅτε δὲ ἔμελλεν αὐτὸν προάγειν ὁ Ἡρῴδης, τῇ νυκτὶ ἐκείνῃ ἦν ὁ Πέτρος κοιμώμενος μεταξὺ δύο στρατιωτῶν, δεδεμένος ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν· φύλακές τε πρὸ τῆς θύρας ἐτήρουν τὴν φυλακήν. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And behold, an angel of the Lord stood by him, and a light shined in the cell: and he smote Peter on the side, and awoke him, saying, Rise up quickly. And his chains fell off from his hands. | Καὶ ἰδού, ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐπέστη, καὶ φῶς ἔλαμψεν ἐν τῷ οἰκήματι· πατάξας δὲ τὴν πλευρὰν τοῦ Πέτρου, ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν λέγων, Ἀνάστα ἐν τάχει. Καὶ ἐξέπεσον αὐτοῦ αἱ ἁλύσεις ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν. |
|
8
|
8
|
| And the angel said unto him, Gird thyself, and bind on thy sandals. And he did so. And he saith unto him, Cast thy garment about thee, and follow me. | Εἶπέν τε ὁ ἄγγελος πρὸς αὐτόν, Περίζωσαι καὶ ὑπόδησαι τὰ σανδάλιά σου. Ἐποίησεν δὲ οὕτως. Καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, Περιβαλοῦ τὸ ἱμάτιόν σου, καὶ ἀκολούθει μοι. |
|
9
|
9
|
| And he went out, and followed him; and he knew not that it was true which was done by the angel, but thought he saw a vision. | Καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ· καὶ οὐκ ᾔδει ὅτι ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου, ἐδόκει δὲ ὅραμα βλέπειν. |
|
10
|
10
|
| And when they were past the first and the second guard, they came unto the iron gate that leadeth into the city; which opened to them of its own accord: and they went out, and passed on through one street; and straightaway the angel departed from him. | Διελθόντες δὲ πρώτην φυλακὴν καὶ δευτέραν, ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν, τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἥτις αὐτομάτη ἠνοίχθη αὐτοῖς· καὶ ἐξελθόντες προῆλθον ῥύμην μίαν, καὶ εὐθέως ἀπέστη ὁ ἄγγελος ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ. |
|
11
|
11
|
| And when Peter was come to himself, he said, Now I know of a truth, that the Lord hath sent forth his angel and delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expectation of the people of the Jews. | Καὶ ὁ Πέτρος, γενόμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ, εἶπεν, Νῦν οἶδα ἀληθῶς ὅτι ἐξαπέστειλεν κύριος τὸν ἄγγελον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξείλετό με ἐκ χειρὸς Ἡρῴδου καὶ πάσης τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων. |
|
12
|
12
|
| And when he had considered the thing, he came to the house of Mary the mother of John whose surname was Mark; where many were gathered together and were praying. | Συνιδών τε ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν Μαρίας τῆς μητρὸς Ἰωάννου τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Μάρκου, οὗ ἦσαν ἱκανοὶ συνηθροισμένοι καὶ προσευχόμενοι. |
|
13
|
13
|
| And when Peter knocked at the door of the gate, a maid came to answer, named Rhoda. | Κρούσαντος δὲ τοῦ Πέτρου τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος, προσῆλθεν παιδίσκη ὑπακοῦσαι, ὀνόματι Ῥόδη. |
|
14
|
14
|
| And when she knew Peter’s voice, she opened not the gate for joy, but ran in, and told that Peter stood before the gate. | Καὶ ἐπιγνοῦσα τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ Πέτρου, ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς οὐκ ἤνοιξεν τὸν πυλῶνα, εἰσδραμοῦσα δὲ ἀπήγγειλεν ἑστάναι τὸν Πέτρον πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος. |
|
15
|
15
|
| And they said unto her, Thou art mad. But she confidently affirmed that it was even so. And they said, It is his angel. | Οἱ δὲ πρὸς αὐτὴν εἶπον, Μαίνῃ. Ἡ δὲ διϊσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν. Οἱ δὲ ἔλεγον, Ὁ ἄγγελος αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. |
|
16
|
16
|
| But Peter continued knocking: and when they had opened, they saw him, and were amazed. | Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἐπέμενεν κρούων· ἀνοίξαντες δὲ εἶδον αὐτόν, καὶ ἐξέστησαν. |
|
17
|
17
|
| But he, beckoning unto them with the hand to hold their peace, declared unto them how the Lord had brought him forth out of the prison. And he said, Tell these things unto James, and to the brethren. And he departed, and went to another place. | Κατασείσας δὲ αὐτοῖς τῇ χειρὶ σιγᾷν, διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς πῶς ὁ κύριος αὐτὸν ἐξήγαγεν ἐκ τῆς φυλακῆς. Εἶπεν δέ, Ἀπαγγείλατε Ἰακώβῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ταῦτα. Καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἐπορεύθη εἰς ἕτερον τόπον. |
|
18
|
18
|
| Now as soon as it was day, there was no small stir among the soldiers, what was become of Peter. | Γενομένης δὲ ἡμέρας, ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο. |
|
19
|
19
|
| And when Herod had sought for him, and found him not, he examined the guards, and commanded that they should be put to death. And he went down from Judea to Caesarea, and tarried there. | Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εὑρών, ἀνακρίνας τοὺς φύλακας, ἐκέλευσεν ἀπαχθῆναι. Καὶ κατελθὼν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν διέτριβεν. |
|
20
|
20
|
| Now Herod was highly displeased with them of Tyre and Sidon: and they came with one accord to him, and, having made Blastus the king’s chamberlain their friend, they asked for peace, because their country was fed from the king’s country. | Ἦν δὲ ὁ Ἡρῴδης θυμομαχῶν Τυρίοις καὶ Σιδωνίοις· ὁμοθυμαδὸν δὲ παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ πείσαντες Βλάστον τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ κοιτῶνος τοῦ βασιλέως, ᾐτοῦντο εἰρήνην, διὰ τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς. |
|
21
|
21
|
| And upon a set day Herod arrayed himself in royal apparel, and sat on the throne, and made an oration unto them. | Τακτῇ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ Ἡρῴδης ἐνδυσάμενος ἐσθῆτα βασιλικήν, καὶ καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος, ἐδημηγόρει πρὸς αὐτούς. |
|
22
|
22
|
| And the people shouted, saying, The voice of a god, and not of a man. | Ὁ δὲ δῆμος ἐπεφώνει, Φωνὴ θεοῦ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου. |
|
23
|
23
|
| And immediately an angel of the Lord smote him, because he gave not glory to God: and he was eaten of worms, and gave up the ghost. | Παραχρῆμα δὲ ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν ἄγγελος κυρίου, ἀνθ’ ὧν οὐκ ἔδωκεν δόξαν τῷ θεῷ· καὶ γενόμενος σκωληκόβρωτος, ἐξέψυξεν. |
|
24
|
24
|
| But the word of God grew and multiplied. | Ὁ δὲ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο. |
|
25
|
25
|
| And Barnabas and Saul returned to Jerusalem, when they had fulfilled their ministration, taking also with them John whose surname was Mark. | Βαρνάβας δὲ καὶ Σαῦλος ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν, συμπαραλαβόντες καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἐπικληθέντα Μάρκον. |
|
Chapter 13
|
Κεφάλαιο 13
|
|
1
|
1
|
| Now there were at Antioch, in the church that was there, certain prophets and teachers: Barnabas, and Simeon that was called Niger, and Lucius of Cyrene, and Manaen the foster-brother of Herod the tetrarch, and Saul. | Ἦσαν δέ τινες ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν προφῆται καὶ διδάσκαλοι, ὅ τε Βαρνάβας καὶ Συμεὼν ὁ καλούμενος Νίγερ, καὶ Λούκιος ὁ Κυρηναῖος, Μαναήν τε Ἡρῴδου τοῦ τετράρχου σύντροφος, καὶ Σαῦλος. |
|
2
|
2
|
| And as they ministered to the Lord, and fasted, the Holy Spirit said, Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work whereunto I have called them. | Λειτουργούντων δὲ αὐτῶν τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ νηστευόντων, εἶπεν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, Ἀφορίσατε δή μοι τὸν Βαρνάβαν καὶ τὸν Σαῦλον εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς. |
|
3
|
3
|
| Then, when they had fasted and prayed and laid their hands on them, they sent them away. | Τότε νηστεύσαντες καὶ προσευξάμενοι καὶ ἐπιθέντες τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς, ἀπέλυσαν. |
|
4
|
4
|
| So they, being sent forth by the Holy Spirit, went down to Seleucia; and from thence they sailed to Cyprus. | Οὗτοι μὲν οὖν, ἐκπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου, κατῆλθον εἰς τὴν Σελεύκειαν· ἐκεῖθεν δὲ ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς τὴν Κύπρον. |
|
5
|
5
|
| And when they were at Salamis, they proclaimed the word of God in the synagogues of the Jews: and they had also John as their attendant. | Καὶ γενόμενοι ἐν Σαλαμῖνι, κατήγγελλον τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων· εἶχον δὲ καὶ Ἰωάννην ὑπηρέτην. |
|
6
|
6
|
| And when they had gone through the island unto Paphos, they found a certain sorcerer, a false prophet, a Jew, whose name was Bar-Jesus; | Διελθόντες δὲ τὴν νῆσον ἄχρι Πάφου, εὗρόν τινα μάγον ψευδοπροφήτην Ἰουδαῖον, ᾧ ὄνομα Βαρϊησοῦς, |
|
7
|
7
|
| who was with the proconsul, Sergius Paulus, a man of understanding. The same called unto him Barnabas and Saul, and sought to hear the word of God. | ὃς ἦν σὺν τῷ ἀνθυπάτῳ Σεργίῳ Παύλῳ, ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ. Οὗτος προσκαλεσάμενος Βαρνάβαν καὶ Σαῦλον ἐπεζήτησεν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ. |
|
8
|
8
|
| But Elymas the sorcerer (for so is his name by interpretation) withstood them, seeking to turn aside the proconsul from the faith. | Ἀνθίστατο δὲ αὐτοῖς Ἐλύμας, ὁ μάγος- οὕτως γὰρ μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ- ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως. |
|
9
|
9
|
| But Saul, who is also called Paul, filled with the Holy Spirit, and fastening his eyes on him, | Σαῦλος δέ, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, πλησθεὶς πνεύματος ἁγίου, καὶ ἀτενίσας εἰς αὐτὸν |
|
10
|
10
|
| said, O full of all guile and all villainy, thou son of the devil, thou enemy of all righteousness, wilt thou not cease to pervert the right ways of the Lord? | εἶπεν, Ὦ πλήρης παντὸς δόλου καὶ πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας, υἱὲ διαβόλου, ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης, οὐ παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας; |
|
11
|
11
|
| And now, behold, the hand of the Lord is upon thee, and thou shalt be blind, not seeing the sun for a season. And immediately there fell on him a mist and a darkness; and he went about seeking some to lead him by the hand. | Καὶ νῦν ἰδού, χεὶρ κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ, καὶ ἔσῃ τυφλός, μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον ἄχρι καιροῦ. Παραχρῆμα δὲ ἐπέπεσεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος, καὶ περιάγων ἐζήτει χειραγωγούς. |
|
12
|
12
|
| Then the proconsul, when he saw what was done, believed, being astonished at the teaching of the Lord. | Τότε ἰδὼν ὁ ἀνθύπατος τὸ γεγονὸς ἐπίστευσεν, ἐκπλησσόμενος ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ κυρίου. |
|
13
|
13
|
| Now Paul and his company set sail from Paphos, and came to Perga in Pamphylia: and John departed from them and returned to Jerusalem. | Ἀναχθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς Πάφου οἱ περὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἦλθον εἰς Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας. Ἰωάννης δὲ ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. |
|
14
|
14
|
| But they, passing through from Perga, came to Antioch of Pisidia; and they went into the synagogue on the sabbath day, and sat down. | Αὐτοὶ δὲ διελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Πέργης, παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν τῆς Πισιδίας, καὶ εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων, ἐκάθισαν. |
|
15
|
15
|
| And after the reading of the law and the prophets the rulers of the synagogue sent unto them, saying, Brethren, if ye have a word of exhortation for the people, say on. | Μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, ἀπέστειλαν οἱ ἀρχισυνάγωγοι πρὸς αὐτούς, λέγοντες, Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, εἰ ἔστιν λόγος ἐν ὑμῖν παρακλήσεως πρὸς τὸν λαόν, λέγετε. |
|
16
|
16
|
| And Paul stood up, and beckoning with the hand said, Men of Israel, and ye that fear God, hearken: | Ἀναστὰς δὲ Παῦλος, καὶ κατασείσας τῇ χειρί, εἶπεν, Ἄνδρες Ἰσραηλῖται, καὶ οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν θεόν, ἀκούσατε. |
|
17
|
17
|
| The God of this people chose our fathers, and exalted the people when they sojourned in the land of Egypt, and with a high arm led he them forth out of it. | Ὁ θεὸς τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν, καὶ τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν ἐν τῇ παροικίᾳ ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ, καὶ μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ ἐξήγαγεν αὐτοὺς ἐξ αὐτῆς. |
|
18
|
18
|
| And for about the time of forty years suffered he their manners in the wilderness. | Καὶ ὡς τεσσαρακονταετῆ χρόνον ἐτροποφόρησεν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. |
|
19
|
19
|
| And when he had destroyed seven nations in the land of Canaan, he gave them their land for an inheritance. | Καὶ καθελὼν ἔθνη ἑπτὰ ἐν γῇ Χαναάν, κατεκληρονόμησεν αὐτοῖς τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν. |
|
20
|
20
|
| And after these things he gave them judges for about four hundred and fifty years, until Samuel the prophet. | Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα, ὡς ἔτεσιν τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα, ἔδωκεν κριτὰς ἕως Σαμουὴλ τοῦ προφήτου. |
|
21
|
21
|
| And afterward they asked for a king: and God gave unto them Saul the son of Kish, a man of the tribe of Benjamin, for the space of forty years. | Κἀκεῖθεν ᾐτήσαντο βασιλέα, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς τὸν Σαοὺλ υἱὸν Κίς, ἄνδρα ἐκ φυλῆς Βενιαμίν, ἔτη τεσσαράκοντα. |
|
22
|
22
|
| And when he had removed him, he raised up David to be their king; to whom also he bare witness and said, I have found David the son of Jesse, a man after my heart, who shall do all my will. | Καὶ μεταστήσας αὐτόν, ἤγειρεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Δαυὶδ εἰς βασιλέα, ᾧ καὶ εἶπεν μαρτυρήσας, Εὗρον Δαυὶδ τὸν τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου, ὃς ποιήσει πάντα τὰ θελήματά μου. |
|
23
|
23
|
| Of this man’s seed hath God according to promise brought unto Israel salvation; | Τούτου ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος κατ’ ἐπαγγελίαν ἤγαγεν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ σωτηρίαν, |
|
24
|
24
|
| when John had first preached before his coming the baptism of repentance to Israel. | προκηρύξαντος Ἰωάννου πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ βάπτισμα μετανοίας τῷ Ἰσραήλ. |
|
25
|
25
|
| And as John was fulfilling his course, he said, Whom suppose ye that I am? I am not he. But behold, there cometh one after me the shoes of whose feet I am not worthy to unloose. | Ὡς δὲ ἐπλήρου ὁ Ἰωάννης τὸν δρόμον, ἔλεγεν, Τίνα με ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι; Οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ. Ἀλλ’ ἰδού, ἔρχεται μετ’ ἐμέ, οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι. |
|
26
|
26
|
| Brethren, children of the stock of Abraham, and those among you that fear God, to you is the word of this salvation sent. | Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, υἱοὶ γένους Ἀβραάμ, καὶ οἱ ἐν ὑμῖν φοβούμενοι τὸν θεόν, ὑμῖν ὁ λόγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης ἀπεστάλη. |
|
27
|
27
|
| For they that dwell in Jerusalem, and their rulers, because they knew him not, nor the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath, fulfilled them by condemning him. | Οἱ γὰρ κατοικοῦντες ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες αὐτῶν, τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες, καὶ τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν τὰς κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον ἀναγινωσκομένας, κρίναντες ἐπλήρωσαν. |
|
28
|
28
|
| And though they found no cause of death in him, yet asked they of Pilate that he should be slain. | Καὶ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου εὑρόντες, ᾐτήσαντο Πιλάτον ἀναιρεθῆναι αὐτόν. |
|
29
|
29
|
| And when they had fulfilled all things that were written of him, they took him down from the tree, and laid him in a tomb. | Ὡς δὲ ἐτέλεσαν πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένα, καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου, ἔθηκαν εἰς μνημεῖον. |
|
30
|
30
|
| But God raised him from the dead: | Ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν· |
|
31
|
31
|
| and he was seen for many days of them that came up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem, who are his witnesses unto the people. | ὃς ὤφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, οἵτινές εἰσιν μάρτυρες αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν λαόν. |
|
32
|
32
|
| And we bring you good tidings of the promise made unto the fathers, that God hath fulfilled the same unto us their children, in that he raised up Jesus; | Καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς εὐαγγελιζόμεθα τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἐπαγγελίαν γενομένην, ὅτι ταύτην ὁ θεὸς ἐκπεπλήρωκεν τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῶν ἡμῖν, ἀναστήσας Ἰησοῦν· |
|
33
|
33
|
| as also it is written in the second psalm, Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee. | ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ ψαλμῷ τῷ δευτέρῳ γέγραπται, Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε. |
|
34
|
34
|
| And as concerning that he raised him up from the dead, now no more to return to corruption, he hath spoken on this wise, I will give you the holy and sure blessings of David. | Ὅτι δὲ ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑποστρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν, οὕτως εἴρηκεν ὅτι Δώσω ὑμῖν τὰ ὅσια Δαυὶδ τὰ πιστά. |
|
35
|
35
|
| Wherefore he saith also in another psalm, Thou wilt not give thy Holy One to see corruption. | Διὸ καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει, Οὐ δώσεις τὸν ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν· |
|
36
|
36
|
| For David, after he had in his own generation served the counsel of God, fell asleep, and was laid unto his fathers, and saw corruption: | Δαυὶδ μὲν γὰρ ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ βουλῇ ἐκοιμήθη, καὶ προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶδεν διαφθοράν· |
|
37
|
37
|
| but he whom God raised up saw no corruption. | ὃν δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν, οὐκ εἶδεν διαφθοράν. |
|
38
|
38
|
| Be it known unto you therefore, brethren, that through this man is proclaimed unto you remission of sins: | Γνωστὸν οὖν ἔστω ὑμῖν, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ὅτι διὰ τούτου ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται· |
|
39
|
39
|
| and by him everyone that believeth is justified from all things, from which ye could not be justified by the law of Moses. | καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων ὧν οὐκ ἠδυνήθητε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Μωϋσέως δικαιωθῆναι, ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων δικαιοῦται. |
|
40
|
40
|
| Beware therefore, lest that come upon you which is spoken in the prophets: | Βλέπετε οὖν μὴ ἐπέλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, |
|
41
|
41
|
| Behold, ye despisers, and wonder, and perish; For I work a work in your days, Which ye shall in no wise believe, if one declare it unto you. | Ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί, καὶ θαυμάσατε, καὶ ἀφανίσθητε· ὅτι ἔργον ἐγὼ ἐργάζομαι ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν, ὃ οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε, ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται ὑμῖν. |
|
42
|
42
|
| And as they went out of the synagogue of the Jews, the Gentiles besought that these words might be spoken to them the next sabbath. | Ἐξιόντων δὲ ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, παρεκάλουν τὰ ἔθνη εἰς τὸ μεταξὺ σάββατον λαληθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὰ ῥήματα. |
|
43
|
43
|
| Now when the synagogue broke up, many of the Jews and of the devout proselytes followed Paul and Barnabas; who, speaking to them, urged them to continue in the grace of God. | Λυθείσης δὲ τῆς συναγωγῆς, ἠκολούθησαν πολλοὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ τῶν σεβομένων προσηλύτων τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ Βαρνάβᾳ· οἵτινες προσλαλοῦντες, ἔπειθον αὐτοὺς ἐπιμένειν τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ. |
|
44
|
44
|
| And the next sabbath almost the whole city was gathered together to hear the word of God. | Τῷ τε ἐρχομένῳ σαββάτῳ σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις συνήχθη ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ. |
|
45
|
45
|
| But when the Jews saw the multitudes, they were filled with jealousy, and contradicted the things which were said by Paul, contradicting and blaspheming. | Ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τοὺς ὄχλους ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου, καὶ ἀντέλεγον τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου λεγομένοις, ἀντιλέγοντες καὶ βλασφημοῦντες. |
|
46
|
46
|
| And Paul and Barnabas spake out boldly, and said, It was necessary that the word of God should first be spoken to you. But seeing ye thrust it from you, and judge yourselves unworthy of eternal life, lo, we turn to the Gentiles. | Παρρησιασάμενοι δὲ ὁ Παῦλος καὶ ὁ Βαρνάβας εἶπον, Ὑμῖν ἦν ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτόν, καὶ οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς, ἰδοὺ στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη. |
|
47
|
47
|
| For so hath the Lord commanded us, saying, I have set thee for a light of the Gentiles, That thou shouldest be for salvation unto the uttermost part of the earth. | Οὕτως γὰρ ἐντέταλται ἡμῖν ὁ κύριος, Τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν, τοῦ εἶναί σε εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς. |
|
48
|
48
|
| And as the Gentiles heard this, they were glad, and glorified the word of the Lord: and as many as were ordained to eternal life believed. | Ἀκούοντα δὲ τὰ ἔθνη ἔχαιρεν, καὶ ἐδόξαζον τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ ἐπίστευσαν ὅσοι ἦσαν τεταγμένοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. |
|
49
|
49
|
| And the word of the Lord was spread abroad throughout all the region. | Διεφέρετο δὲ ὁ λόγος τοῦ κυρίου δι’ ὅλης τῆς χώρας. |
|
50
|
50
|
| But the Jews urged on the women that were devout, and the women of honorable estate, and the chief men of the city, and stirred up a persecution against Paul and Barnabas, and cast them out of their borders. | Οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι παρώτρυναν τὰς σεβομένας γυναῖκας καὶ τὰς εὐσχήμονας καὶ τοὺς πρώτους τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ἐπήγειραν διωγμὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Παῦλον καὶ τὸν Βαρνάβαν, καὶ ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν. |
|
51
|
51
|
| But they shook off the dust of their feet against them, and came unto Iconium. | Οἱ δὲ ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῶν ἐπ’ αὐτούς, ἦλθον εἰς Ἰκόνιον. |
|
52
|
52
|
| And the disciples were filled with joy and with the Holy Spirit. | Οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐπληροῦντο χαρᾶς καὶ πνεύματος ἁγίου. |
|
Chapter 14
|
Κεφάλαιο 14
|
|
1
|
1
|
| And it came to pass in Iconium that they entered together into the synagogue of the Jews, and so spake that a great multitude both of Jews and of Greeks believed. | Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν Ἰκονίῳ, κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, καὶ λαλῆσαι οὕτως ὥστε πιστεῦσαι Ἰουδαίων τε καὶ Ἑλλήνων πολὺ πλῆθος. |
|
2
|
2
|
| But the Jews that were disobedient stirred up the souls of the Gentiles, and made them evil affected against the brethren. | Οἱ δὲ ἀπειθοῦντες Ἰουδαῖοι ἐπήγειραν καὶ ἐκάκωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν κατὰ τῶν ἀδελφῶν. |
|
3
|
3
|
| Long time therefore they tarried there speaking boldly in the Lord, who bare witness unto the word of his grace, granting signs and wonders to be done by their hands. | Ἱκανὸν μὲν οὖν χρόνον διέτριψαν παρρησιαζόμενοι ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ τῷ μαρτυροῦντι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ, διδόντι σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν. |
|
4
|
4
|
| But the multitude of the city was divided; and part held with the Jews, and part with the apostles. | Ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς πόλεως· καὶ οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις. |
|
5
|
5
|
| And when there was made an onset both of the Gentiles and of the Jews with their rulers, to treat them shamefully and to stone them, | Ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο ὁρμὴ τῶν ἐθνῶν τε καὶ Ἰουδαίων σὺν τοῖς ἄρχουσιν αὐτῶν, ὑβρίσαι καὶ λιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς, |
|
6
|
6
|
| they became aware of it, and fled unto the cities of Lycaonia, Lystra and Derbe, and the region round about: | συνιδόντες κατέφυγον εἰς τὰς πόλεις τῆς Λυκαονίας, Λύστραν καὶ Δέρβην, καὶ τὴν περίχωρον· |
|
7
|
7
|
| and there they preached the gospel. | κἀκεῖ ἦσαν εὐαγγελιζόμενοι. |
|
8
|
8
|
| And at Lystra there sat a certain man, impotent in his feet, being a cripple from his mother’s womb, who never had walked. | Καί τις ἀνὴρ ἐν Λύστροις ἀδύνατος τοῖς ποσὶν ἐκάθητο, χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων, ὃς οὐδέποτε περιπεπατήκει. |
|
9
|
9
|
| The same heard Paul speaking: who, fastening his eyes upon him, and seeing that he had faith to be made whole, | Οὗτος ἤκουσεν τοῦ Παύλου λαλοῦντος· ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ, καὶ ἰδὼν ὅτι πίστιν ἔχει τοῦ σωθῆναι, |
|
10
|
10
|
| said with a loud voice, Stand upright on thy feet. And he leaped up and walked. | εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ, Ἀνάστηθι ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας σου ὀρθῶς. Καὶ ἥλλετο καὶ περιεπάτει. |
|
11
|
11
|
| And when the multitude saw what Paul had done, they lifted up their voice, saying in the speech of Lycaonia, The gods are come down to us in the likeness of men. | Οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι, ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν ὁ Παῦλος, ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν Λυκαονιστὶ λέγοντες, Οἱ θεοὶ ὁμοιωθέντες ἀνθρώποις κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς. |
|
12
|
12
|
| And they called Barnabas, Jupiter; and Paul, Mercury, because he was the chief speaker. | Ἐκάλουν τε τὸν μὲν Βαρνάβαν, Δία· τὸν δὲ Παῦλον, Ἑρμῆν, ἐπειδὴ αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ ἡγούμενος τοῦ λόγου. |
|
13
|
13
|
| Then the priest of Jupiter whose temple was before their city, brought oxen and garlands unto the gates, and would have done sacrifice with the multitudes. | Ὁ δὲ ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως αὐτῶν, ταύρους καὶ στέμματα ἐπὶ τοὺς πυλῶνας ἐνέγκας, σὺν τοῖς ὄχλοις ἤθελεν θύειν. |
|
14
|
14
|
| But when the apostles, Barnabas and Paul, heard of it, they rent their garments, and sprang in among the multitude, crying out | Ἀκούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἀπόστολοι Βαρνάβας καὶ Παῦλος, διαρρήξαντες τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν, εἰσεπήδησαν εἰς τὸν ὄχλον, κράζοντες |
|
15
|
15
|
| and saying, Sirs, why do ye these things? We also are men of like passions with you, and bring you good tidings, that ye should turn from these vain things unto the living God, who made the heaven and the earth and the sea, and all that in them is: | καὶ λέγοντες, Ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε; Καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι, εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν τὸν ζῶντα, ὃς ἐποίησεν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς· |
|
16
|
16
|
| who in the generations gone by suffered all the nations to walk in their own ways. | ὃς ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς εἴασεν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πορεύεσθαι ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν. |
|
17
|
17
|
| And yet he left not himself without witness, in that he did good and gave you from heaven rains and fruitful seasons, filling our hearts with food and gladness. | Καίτοιγε οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον ἑαυτὸν ἀφῆκεν ἀγαθοποιῶν, οὐρανόθεν ὑμῖν ὑετοὺς διδοὺς καὶ καιροὺς καρποφόρους, ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν. |
|
18
|
18
|
| And with these sayings scarce restrained they the multitudes from doing sacrifice unto them. | Καὶ ταῦτα λέγοντες, μόλις κατέπαυσαν τοὺς ὄχλους τοῦ μὴ θύειν αὐτοῖς. |
|
19
|
19
|
| But there came Jews thither from Antioch and Iconium: and having persuaded the multitudes, they stoned Paul, and dragged him out of the city, supposing that he was dead. | Ἐπῆλθον δὲ ἀπὸ Ἀντιοχείας καὶ Ἰκονίου Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους, καὶ λιθάσαντες τὸν Παῦλον, ἔσυρον ἔξω τῆς πόλεως, νομίσαντες αὐτὸν τεθνάναι. |
|
20
|
20
|
| But as the disciples stood round about him, he rose up, and entered into the city: and on the morrow he went forth with Barnabas to Derbe. | Κυκλωσάντων δὲ αὐτὸν τῶν μαθητῶν, ἀναστὰς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν· καὶ τῇ ἐπαύριον ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τῷ Βαρνάβᾳ εἰς Δέρβην. |
|
21
|
21
|
| And when they had preached the gospel to that city, and had made many disciples, they returned to Lystra, and Iconium, and Antioch, | Εὐαγγελισάμενοί τε τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην, καὶ μαθητεύσαντες ἱκανούς, ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς τὴν Λύστραν καὶ Ἰκόνιον καὶ Ἀντιόχειαν, |
|
22
|
22
|
| confirming the souls of the disciples, exhorting them to continue in the faith, and that through many tribulations we must enter into the kingdom of God. | ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν, παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει, καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. |
|
23
|
23
|
| And when they had appointed for them elders in every church, and had prayed with fasting, they commended them to the Lord, on whom they had believed. | Χειροτονήσαντες δὲ αὐτοῖς πρεσβυτέρους κατ’ ἐκκλησίαν, προσευξάμενοι μετὰ νηστειῶν, παρέθεντο αὐτοὺς τῷ κυρίῳ εἰς ὃν πεπιστεύκεισαν. |
|
24
|
24
|
| And they passed through Pisidia, and came to Pamphylia. | Καὶ διελθόντες τὴν Πισιδίαν ἦλθον εἰς Παμφυλίαν. |
|
25
|
25
|
| And when they had spoken the word in Perga, they went down to Attalia; | Καὶ λαλήσαντες ἐν Πέργῃ τὸν λόγον, κατέβησαν εἰς Ἀττάλειαν· |
|
26
|
26
|
| and thence they sailed to Antioch, from whence they had been committed to the grace of God for the work which they had fulfilled. | κἀκεῖθεν ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν, ὅθεν ἦσαν παραδεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ ἐπλήρωσαν. |
|
27
|
27
|
| And when they were come, and had gathered the church together, they rehearsed all things that God had done with them, and that he had opened a door of faith unto the Gentiles. | Παραγενόμενοι δὲ καὶ συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ἀνήγγειλαν ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς μετ’ αὐτῶν, καὶ ὅτι ἤνοιξεν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν θύραν πίστεως. |
|
28
|
28
|
| And they tarried there no little time with the disciples. | Διέτριβον δὲ ἐκεῖ χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς. |
|
Chapter 15
|
Κεφάλαιο 15
|
|
1
|
1
|
| And certain men came down from Judea and taught the brethren, saying, Except ye be circumcised after the custom of Moses, ye cannot be saved. | Καί τινες κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ὅτι Ἐὰν μὴ περιτέμνησθε τῷ ἔθει Μωϋσέως, οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι. |
|
2
|
2
|
| When therefore Paul and Barnabas had no small dissension and questioning with them, the brethren appointed that Paul and Barnabas, and certain other of them, should go up to Jerusalem unto the apostles and elders about this question. | Γενομένης οὖν στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ Βαρνάβᾳ πρὸς αὐτούς, ἔταξαν ἀναβαίνειν Παῦλον καὶ Βαρνάβαν καί τινας ἄλλους ἐξ αὐτῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ πρεσβυτέρους εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ περὶ τοῦ ζητήματος τούτου. |
|
3
|
3
|
| They therefore, being brought on their way by the church, passed through Phoenicia and Samaria, declaring the conversion of the Gentiles: and they caused great joy unto all the brethren. | Οἱ μὲν οὖν, προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, διήρχοντο τὴν Φοινίκην καὶ Σαμάρειαν, ἐκδιηγούμενοι τὴν ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν· καὶ ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσιν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς. |
|
4
|
4
|
| And when they were come to Jerusalem, they were received of the church and the apostles and the elders, and they rehearsed all things that God had done with them. | Παραγενόμενοι δὲ εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἀπεδέχθησαν ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀνήγγειλάν τε ὅσα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν μετ’ αὐτῶν. |
|
5
|
5
|
| But there rose up certain of the sect of the Pharisees who believed, saying, It is needful to circumcise them, and to charge them to keep the law of Moses. | Ἐξανέστησαν δέ τινες τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς αἱρέσεως τῶν Φαρισαίων πεπιστευκότες, λέγοντες ὅτι Δεῖ περιτέμνειν αὐτούς, παραγγέλλειν τε τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως. |
|
6
|
6
|
| And the apostles and the elders were gathered together to consider of this matter. | Συνήχθησαν δὲ οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τούτου. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And when there had been much disputing, Peter rose up, and said unto them, Brethren, ye know that a good while ago God made choice among us, that by my mouth the Gentiles should hear the word of the gospel, and believe. | Πολλῆς δὲ συζητήσεως γενομένης, ἀναστὰς Πέτρος εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε ὅτι ἀφ’ ἡμερῶν ἀρχαίων ὁ θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν ἐξελέξατο, διὰ τοῦ στόματός μου ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔθνη τὸν λόγον τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, καὶ πιστεῦσαι. |
|
8
|
8
|
| And God, who knoweth the heart, bare them witness, giving them the Holy Spirit, even as he did unto us; | Καὶ ὁ καρδιογνώστης θεὸς ἐμαρτύρησεν αὐτοῖς, δοὺς αὐτοῖς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, καθὼς καὶ ἡμῖν· |
|
9
|
9
|
| and he made no distinction between us and them, cleansing their hearts by faith. | καὶ οὐδὲν διέκρινεν μεταξὺ ἡμῶν τε καὶ αὐτῶν, τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν. |
|
10
|
10
|
| Now therefore why make ye trial of God, that ye should put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear? | Νῦν οὖν τί πειράζετε τὸν θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν μαθητῶν, ὃν οὔτε οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι; |
|
11
|
11
|
| But we believe that we shall be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, in like manner as they. | Ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι, καθ’ ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι. |
|
12
|
12
|
| And all the multitude kept silence; and they hearkened unto Barnabas and Paul rehearsing what signs and wonders God had wrought among the Gentiles through them. | Ἐσίγησεν δὲ πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος, καὶ ἤκουον Βαρνάβα καὶ Παύλου ἐξηγουμένων ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν δι’ αὐτῶν. |
|
13
|
13
|
| And after they had held their peace, James answered, saying, Brethren, hearken unto me: | Μετὰ δὲ τὸ σιγῆσαι αὐτούς, ἀπεκρίθη Ἰάκωβος λέγων, Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἀκούσατέ μου· |
|
14
|
14
|
| Simeon hath rehearsed how first God visited the Gentiles, to take out of them a people for his name. | Συμεὼν ἐξηγήσατο καθὼς πρῶτον ὁ θεὸς ἐπεσκέψατο λαβεῖν ἐξ ἐθνῶν λαὸν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ. |
|
15
|
15
|
| And to this agree the words of the prophets; as it is written, | Καὶ τούτῳ συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν, καθὼς γέγραπται, |
|
16
|
16
|
| After these things I will return, And I will build again the tabernacle of David, which is fallen; And I will build again the ruins thereof, And I will set it up: | Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀναστρέψω, καὶ ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν Δαυὶδ τὴν πεπτωκυῖαν· καὶ τὰ κατεσκαμμένα αὐτῆς ἀνοικοδομήσω, καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν· |
|
17
|
17
|
| That the residue of men may seek after the Lord, And all the Gentiles, upon whom my name is called, Saith the Lord, who doeth all these things. | ὅπως ἂν ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν κύριον, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς, λέγει κύριος ὁ ποιῶν ταῦτα πάντα. |
|
18
|
18
|
| Known unto God from of old are all his works. | Γνωστὰ ἀπ’ αἰῶνός ἐστιν τῷ θεῷ πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ. |
|
19
|
19
|
| Wherefore my judgment is, that we trouble not them that from among the Gentiles turn to God; | Διὸ ἐγὼ κρίνω μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν· |
|
20
|
20
|
| but that we write unto them, that they abstain from the pollutions of idols, and from fornication, and from what is strangled, and from blood. | ἀλλὰ ἐπιστεῖλαι αὐτοῖς τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων καὶ τῆς πορνείας καὶ τοῦ πνικτοῦ καὶ τοῦ αἵματος. |
|
21
|
21
|
| For Moses from generations of old hath in every city them that preach him, being read in the synagogues every sabbath. | Μωϋσῆς γὰρ ἐκ γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κηρύσσοντας αὐτὸν ἔχει, ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον ἀναγινωσκόμενος. |
|
22
|
22
|
| Then it seemed good to the apostles and the elders, with the whole church, to choose men out of their company, and send them to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas; namely, Judas who was surnamed Barsabbas, and Silas, chief men among the brethren: | Τότε ἔδοξεν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις καὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις σὺν ὅλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἐκλεξαμένους ἄνδρας ἐξ αὐτῶν πέμψαι εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν σὺν Παύλῳ καὶ Βαρνάβᾳ, Ἰούδαν τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν, καὶ Σίλαν, ἄνδρας ἡγουμένους ἐν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, |
|
23
|
23
|
| and they wrote thus by them, The apostles and the elders and the brethren, unto the brethren who are of the Gentiles in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia, greeting: | γράψαντες διὰ χειρὸς αὐτῶν τάδε, Οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν, χαίρειν· |
|
24
|
24
|
| Forasmuch as we have heard that certain who went out from us have troubled you with words, subverting your souls, saying that ye must be circumcised and keep the law; to whom we gave no commandment; | ἐπειδὴ ἠκούσαμεν ὅτι τινὲς ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξελθόντες ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις, ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν, λέγοντες περιτέμνεσθαι καὶ τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον, οἷς οὐ διεστειλάμεθα· |
|
25
|
25
|
| it seemed good unto us, having come to one accord, to send chosen men unto you with our beloved Barnabas and Paul, | ἔδοξεν ἡμῖν γενομένοις ὁμοθυμαδόν, ἐκλεξαμένους ἄνδρας πέμψαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς, σὺν τοῖς ἀγαπητοῖς ἡμῶν Βαρνάβᾳ καὶ Παύλῳ, |
|
26
|
26
|
| men that have hazarded their lives for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ. | ἀνθρώποις παραδεδωκόσιν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. |
|
27
|
27
|
| We have sent therefore Judas and Silas, who themselves also shall tell you the same things by word of mouth. | Ἀπεστάλκαμεν οὖν Ἰούδαν καὶ Σίλαν, καὶ αὐτοὺς διὰ λόγου ἀπαγγέλλοντας τὰ αὐτά. |
|
28
|
28
|
| For it seemed good to the Holy Spirit, and to us, to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things: | Ἔδοξεν γὰρ τῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι, καὶ ἡμῖν, μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος, πλὴν τῶν ἐπάναγκες τούτων, |
|
29
|
29
|
| that ye abstain from things sacrificed to idols, and from blood, and from what is strangled, and from fornication; from which if ye keep yourselves, it shall be well with you. Fare ye well. | ἀπέχεσθαι εἰδωλοθύτων καὶ αἵματος καὶ πνικτοῦ καὶ πορνείας· ἐξ ὧν διατηροῦντες ἑαυτούς, εὖ πράξετε. Ἔρρωσθε. |
|
30
|
30
|
| So they, when they were dismissed, came to Antioch; and having gathered the multitude together, they delivered the epistle. | Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἀπολυθέντες ἦλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν· καὶ συναγαγόντες τὸ πλῆθος, ἐπέδωκαν τὴν ἐπιστολήν. |
|
31
|
31
|
| And when they had read it, they rejoiced for the consolation. | Ἀναγνόντες δέ, ἐχάρησαν ἐπὶ τῇ παρακλήσει. |
|
32
|
32
|
| And Judas and Silas, being themselves also prophets, exhorted the brethren with many words, and confirmed them. | Ἰούδας τε καὶ Σίλας, καὶ αὐτοὶ προφῆται ὄντες, διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ παρεκάλεσαν τοὺς ἀδελφούς, καὶ ἐπεστήριξαν. |
|
33
|
33
|
| And after they had spent some time there, they were dismissed in peace from the brethren unto the apostles. | Ποιήσαντες δὲ χρόνον, ἀπελύθησαν μετ’ εἰρήνης ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους. |
|
35
|
35
|
| But Paul and Barnabas tarried in Antioch, teaching and preaching the word of the Lord, with many others also. | Παῦλος δὲ καὶ Βαρνάβας διέτριβον ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ, διδάσκοντες καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι, μετὰ καὶ ἑτέρων πολλῶν, τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου. |
|
36
|
36
|
| And after some days Paul said unto Barnabas, Let us return now and visit our brethren in every city wherein we proclaimed the word of the Lord, and see how they fare. | Μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας εἶπεν Παῦλος πρὸς Βαρνάβαν, Ἐπιστρέψαντες δὴ ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἡμῶν κατὰ πᾶσαν πόλιν, ἐν αἷς κατηγγείλαμεν τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, πῶς ἔχουσιν. |
|
37
|
37
|
| And Barnabas was minded to take with them John, who was called Mark. | Βαρνάβας δὲ ἐβουλεύσατο συμπαραλαβεῖν τὸν Ἰωάννην, τὸν καλούμενον Μάρκον. |
|
38
|
38
|
| But Paul thought not good to take with them him who withdrew from them from Pamphylia, and went not with them to the work. | Παῦλος δὲ ἠξίου, τὸν ἀποστάντα ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Παμφυλίας, καὶ μὴ συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον, μὴ συμπαραλαβεῖν τοῦτον. |
|
39
|
39
|
| There arose therefore a sharp contention, so that they parted asunder one from the other, and Barnabas took Mark with him, and sailed away unto Cyprus: | Ἐγένετο οὖν παροξυσμός, ὥστε ἀποχωρισθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων, τόν τε Βαρνάβαν παραλαβόντα τὸν Μάρκον ἐκπλεῦσαι εἰς Κύπρον· |
|
40
|
40
|
| but Paul chose Silas, and went forth, being commended by the brethren to the grace of God. | Παῦλος δὲ ἐπιλεξάμενος Σίλαν ἐξῆλθεν, παραδοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν. |
|
41
|
41
|
| And he went through Syria and Cilicia, confirming the churches. | Διήρχετο δὲ τὴν Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν, ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας. |
|
Chapter 16
|
Κεφάλαιο 16
|
|
1
|
1
|
| And he came to Derbe and Lystra: and behold, a certain disciple was there, named Timothy, the son of a certain Jewess that believed; but his father was a Greek. | Κατήντησεν δὲ εἰς Δέρβην καὶ Λύστραν· καὶ ἰδού, μαθητής τις ἦν ἐκεῖ, ὀνόματι Τιμόθεος, υἱὸς γυναικός τινος Ἰουδαίας πιστῆς, πατρὸς δὲ Ἕλληνος· |
|
2
|
2
|
| The same was well reported of by the brethren that were at Lystra and Iconium. | ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν Λύστροις καὶ Ἰκονίῳ ἀδελφῶν. |
|
3
|
3
|
| Him would Paul have to go forth with him; and he took and circumcised him because of the Jews that were in those parts: for they all knew that his father was a Greek. | Τοῦτον ἠθέλησεν ὁ Παῦλος σὺν αὐτῷ ἐξελθεῖν, καὶ λαβὼν περιέτεμεν αὐτόν, διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις· ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, ὅτι Ἕλλην ὑπῆρχεν. |
|
4
|
4
|
| And as they went on their way through the cities, they delivered them the decrees to keep which had been ordained of the apostles and the elders that were at Jerusalem. | Ὡς δὲ διεπορεύοντο τὰς πόλεις, παρεδίδουν αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν τὰ δόγματα τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τῶν ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ. |
|
5
|
5
|
| So the churches were strengthened in the faith, and increased in number daily. | Αἱ μὲν οὖν ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει, καὶ ἐπερίσσευον τῷ ἀριθμῷ καθ’ ἡμέραν. |
|
6
|
6
|
| Now when they had gone through Phrygia and the region of Galatia, having been forbidden of the Holy Spirit to speak the word in Asia, | Διελθόντες δὲ τὴν Φρυγίαν καὶ τὴν Γαλατικὴν χώραν, κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος λαλῆσαι τὸν λόγον ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ, |
|
7
|
7
|
| and were come over against Mysia, they assayed to go on toward Bithynia; and the Spirit suffered them not; | ἐλθόντες κατὰ τὴν Μυσίαν ἐπείραζον κατὰ τὴν Βιθυνίαν πορεύεσθαι· καὶ οὐκ εἴασεν αὐτοὺς τὸ πνεῦμα· |
|
8
|
8
|
| and passing by Mysia, they came down to Troas. | παρελθόντες δὲ τὴν Μυσίαν κατέβησαν εἰς Τρῳάδα. |
|
9
|
9
|
| And a vision appeared to Paul in the night: There was a man of Macedonia standing, beseeching him, and saying, Come over into Macedonia, and help us. | Καὶ ὅραμα διὰ τῆς νυκτὸς ὤφθη τῷ Παύλῳ· ἀνήρ τις ἦν Μακεδὼν ἑστώς, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν καὶ λέγων, Διαβὰς εἰς Μακεδονίαν, βοήθησον ἡμῖν. |
|
10
|
10
|
| And when he had seen the vision, straightaway we sought to go forth into Macedonia, concluding that the Lord had called us to preach the gospel unto them. | Ὡς δὲ τὸ ὅραμα εἶδεν, εὐθέως ἐζητήσαμεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν, συμβιβάζοντες ὅτι προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς ὁ κύριος εὐαγγελίσασθαι αὐτούς. |
|
11
|
11
|
| Setting sail therefore from Troas, we made a straight course to Samothrace, and the day following to Neapolis; | Ἀναχθέντες οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς Τρῳάδος, εὐθυδρομήσαμεν εἰς Σαμοθρᾴκην, τῇ τε ἐπιούσῃ εἰς Νεάπολιν, |
|
12
|
12
|
| and from thence to Philippi, which is a leading city of that district of Macedonia, a Roman colony: and we were in this city tarrying certain days. | ἐκεῖθέν τε εἰς Φιλίππους, ἥτις ἐστὶν πρώτη τῆς μερίδος τῆς Μακεδονίας πόλις, κολωνεία· ἦμεν δὲ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει διατρίβοντες ἡμέρας τινάς. |
|
13
|
13
|
| And on the sabbath day we went forth without the city by a riverside, where was wont to be prayer; and we sat down, and spake unto the women that were come together. | Τῇ τε ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ἐξήλθομεν ἔξω τῆς πόλεως παρὰ ποταμόν, οὗ ἐνομίζετο προσευχὴ εἶναι, καὶ καθίσαντες ἐλαλοῦμεν ταῖς συνελθούσαις γυναιξίν. |
|
14
|
14
|
| And a certain woman named Lydia, a seller of purple, of the city of Thyatira, one that worshiped God, heard us: whose heart the Lord opened to give heed unto the things which were spoken by Paul. | Καί τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία, πορφυρόπωλις πόλεως Θυατείρων, σεβομένη τὸν θεόν, ἤκουεν· ἧς ὁ κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν, προσέχειν τοῖς λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου. |
|
15
|
15
|
| And when she was baptized, and her household, she besought us, saying, If ye have judged me to be faithful to the Lord, come into my house, and abide there. And she constrained us. | Ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη, καὶ ὁ οἶκος αὐτῆς, παρεκάλεσεν λέγουσα, Εἰ κεκρίκατέ με πιστὴν τῷ κυρίῳ εἶναι, εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου, μείνατε. Καὶ παρεβιάσατο ἡμᾶς. |
|
16
|
16
|
| And it came to pass, as we were going to prayer, that a certain maid having a spirit of divination met us, who brought her masters much gain by soothsaying. | Ἐγένετο δὲ πορευομένων ἡμῶν εἰς προσευχήν, παιδίσκην τινὰ ἔχουσαν πνεῦμα Πύθωνος ἀπαντῆσαι ἡμῖν, ἥτις ἐργασίαν πολλὴν παρεῖχεν τοῖς κυρίοις αὐτῆς, μαντευομένη. |
|
17
|
17
|
| The same following after Paul and us cried out, saying, These men are servants of the Most High God, who proclaim unto us the way of salvation. | Αὕτη κατακολουθήσασα τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ ἡμῖν, ἔκραζεν λέγουσα, Οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι δοῦλοι τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου εἰσίν, οἵτινες καταγγέλλουσιν ἡμῖν ὁδὸν σωτηρίας. |
|
18
|
18
|
| And this she did for many days. But Paul, being sore troubled, turned and said to the spirit, I charge thee in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her. And it came out that very hour. | Τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίει ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας. Διαπονηθεὶς δὲ ὁ Παῦλος, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας, τῷ πνεύματι εἶπεν, Παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἐξελθεῖν ἀπ’ αὐτῆς. Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ. |
|
19
|
19
|
| But when her masters saw that the hope of their gain was gone, they laid hold on Paul and Silas, and dragged them into the marketplace before the rulers, | Ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ κύριοι αὐτῆς ὅτι ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς ἐργασίας αὐτῶν, ἐπιλαβόμενοι τὸν Παῦλον καὶ τὸν Σίλαν, εἵλκυσαν εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας, |
|
20
|
20
|
| and when they had brought them unto the magistrates, they said, These men, being Jews, do exceedingly trouble our city, | καὶ προσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς στρατηγοῖς εἶπον, Οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν τὴν πόλιν, Ἰουδαῖοι ὑπάρχοντες, |
|
21
|
21
|
| and set forth customs which it is not lawful for us to receive, or to observe, being Romans. | καὶ καταγγέλλουσιν ἔθη ἃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν, Ῥωμαίοις οὖσιν. |
|
22
|
22
|
| And the multitude rose up together against them: and the magistrates rent their garments off them, and commanded to beat them with rods. | Καὶ συνεπέστη ὁ ὄχλος κατ’ αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ περιρρήξαντες αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐκέλευον ῥαβδίζειν. |
|
23
|
23
|
| And when they had laid many stripes upon them, they cast them into prison, charging the jailer to keep them safely: | Πολλάς τε ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγὰς ἔβαλον εἰς φυλακήν, παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν αὐτούς· |
|
24
|
24
|
| who, having received such a charge, cast them into the inner prison, and made their feet fast in the stocks. | ὅς, παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην εἰληφώς, ἔβαλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν ἐσωτέραν φυλακήν, καὶ τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν ἠσφαλίσατο εἰς τὸ ξύλον. |
|
25
|
25
|
| But about midnight Paul and Silas were praying and singing hymns unto God, and the prisoners were listening to them; | Κατὰ δὲ τὸ μεσονύκτιον Παῦλος καὶ Σίλας προσευχόμενοι ὕμνουν τὸν θεόν, ἐπηκροῶντο δὲ αὐτῶν οἱ δέσμιοι· |
|
26
|
26
|
| and suddenly there was a great earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison house were shaken: and immediately all the doors were opened; and everyone’s bands were loosed. | ἄφνω δὲ σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας, ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου· ἀνεῴχθησάν τε παραχρῆμα αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι, καὶ πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη. |
|
27
|
27
|
| And the jailer, being roused out of sleep and seeing the prison doors open, drew a sword and was about to kill himself, supposing that the prisoners had escaped. | Ἔξυπνος δὲ γενόμενος ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ, καὶ ἰδὼν ἀνεῳγμένας τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς, σπασάμενος μάχαιραν, ἔμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν, νομίζων ἐκπεφευγέναι τοὺς δεσμίους. |
|
28
|
28
|
| But Paul cried with a loud voice, saying, Do thyself no harm: for we are all here. | Ἐφώνησεν δὲ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ὁ Παῦλος λέγων, Μηδὲν πράξῃς σεαυτῷ κακόν· ἅπαντες γάρ ἐσμεν ἐνθάδε. |
|
29
|
29
|
| And he called for lights and sprang in, and, trembling for fear, fell down before Paul and Silas, | Αἰτήσας δὲ φῶτα εἰσεπήδησεν, καὶ ἔντρομος γενόμενος προσέπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ Σίλᾳ, |
|
30
|
30
|
| and brought them out and said, Sirs, what must I do to be saved? | καὶ προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἔξω ἔφη, Κύριοι, τί με δεῖ ποιεῖν ἵνα σωθῶ; |
|
31
|
31
|
| And they said, Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou shalt be saved, thou and thy house. | Οἱ δὲ εἶπον, Πίστευσον ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον Ἰησοῦν χριστόν, καὶ σωθήσῃ σὺ καὶ ὁ οἶκός σου. |
|
32
|
32
|
| And they spake the word of the Lord unto him, and to all that were in his house. | Καὶ ἐλάλησαν αὐτῷ τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ. |
|
33
|
33
|
| And he took them the same hour of the night, and washed their stripes; and was baptized, he and all his, immediately. | Καὶ παραλαβὼν αὐτοὺς ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τῆς νυκτὸς ἔλουσεν ἀπὸ τῶν πληγῶν, καὶ ἐβαπτίσθη αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα. |
|
34
|
34
|
| And he brought them up into his house, and set food before them, and rejoiced greatly, with all his house, having believed in God. | Ἀναγαγών τε αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ παρέθηκεν τράπεζαν, καὶ ἠγαλλιᾶτο πανοικὶ πεπιστευκὼς τῷ θεῷ. |
|
35
|
35
|
| But when it was day, the magistrates sent the sergeants, saying, Let those men go. | Ἡμέρας δὲ γενομένης, ἀπέστειλαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ τοὺς ῥαβδούχους λέγοντες, Ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους. |
|
36
|
36
|
| And the jailer reported these words to Paul, saying, The magistrates have sent to let you go: now therefore come forth, and go in peace. | Ἀπήγγειλεν δὲ ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ τοὺς λόγους τούτους πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον ὅτι Ἀπεστάλκασιν οἱ στρατηγοί, ἵνα ἀπολυθῆτε· νῦν οὖν ἐξελθόντες πορεύεσθε ἐν εἰρήνῃ. |
|
37
|
37
|
| But Paul said unto them, They have beaten us publicly, uncondemned, men that are Romans, and have cast us into prison; and do they now cast us out privily? nay verily; but let them come themselves and bring us out. | Ὁ δὲ Παῦλος ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς, Δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ, ἀκατακρίτους, ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας, ἔβαλον εἰς φυλακήν, καὶ νῦν λάθρᾳ ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλουσιν; Οὐ γάρ· ἀλλὰ ἐλθόντες αὐτοὶ ἐξαγαγέτωσαν. |
|
38
|
38
|
| And the sergeants reported these words unto the magistrates: and they feared when they heard that they were Romans; | Ἀνήγγειλαν δὲ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς οἱ ῥαβδοῦχοι τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα· καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν, |
|
39
|
39
|
| and they came and besought them; and when they had brought them out, they asked them to depart from the city. | καὶ ἐλθόντες παρεκάλεσαν αὐτούς, καὶ ἐξαγαγόντες ἠρώτων ἐξελθεῖν τῆς πόλεως. |
|
40
|
40
|
| And they went out of the prison, and entered into the house of Lydia: and when they had seen the brethren, they comforted them, and departed. | Ἐξελθόντες δὲ ἐκ τῆς φυλακῆς εἰσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν Λυδίαν· καὶ ἰδόντες τοὺς ἀδελφούς, παρεκάλεσαν αὐτούς, καὶ ἐξῆλθον. |
|
Chapter 17
|
Κεφάλαιο 17
|
|
1
|
1
|
| Now when they had passed through Amphipolis and Apollonia, they came to Thessalonica, where was a synagogue of the Jews: | Διοδεύσαντες δὲ τὴν Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ Ἀπολλωνίαν, ἦλθον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην, ὅπου ἦν ἡ συναγωγὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων· |
|
2
|
2
|
| and Paul, as his custom was, went in unto them, and for three sabbath days reasoned with them from the scriptures, | κατὰ δὲ τὸ εἰωθὸς τῷ Παύλῳ εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς αὐτούς, καὶ ἐπὶ σάββατα τρία διελέξατο αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν, |
|
3
|
3
|
| opening and alleging that it behooved the Christ to suffer, and to rise again from the dead; and that this Jesus, whom, said he, I proclaim unto you, is the Christ. | διανοίγων καὶ παρατιθέμενος, ὅτι Τὸν χριστὸν ἔδει παθεῖν καὶ ἀναστῆναι ἐκ νεκρῶν, καὶ ὅτι Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς, ὃν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν. |
|
4
|
4
|
| And some of them were persuaded, and consorted with Paul and Silas; and of the devout Greeks a great multitude, and of the chief women not a few. | Καί τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν, καὶ προσεκληρώθησαν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ Σίλᾳ, τῶν τε σεβομένων Ἑλλήνων πολὺ πλῆθος, γυναικῶν τε τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι. |
|
5
|
5
|
| But the Jews that were disobedient took unto them certain vile fellows of the rabble, and gathering a crowd, set the city on an uproar; and assaulting the house of Jason, they sought to bring them to the people. | Προσλαβόμενοι δὲ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι οἱ ἀπειθοῦντες, τῶν ἀγοραίων τινὰς ἄνδρας πονηρούς, καὶ ὀχλοποιήσαντες, ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν· ἐπιστάντες τε τῇ οἰκίᾳ Ἰάσονος, ἐζήτουν αὐτοὺς ἀγαγεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον. |
|
6
|
6
|
| And when they found them not, they dragged Jason and certain brethren before the rulers of the city, crying, These that have turned the world upside down are come hither also; | Μὴ εὑρόντες δὲ αὐτούς, ἔσυρον τὸν Ἰάσονα καί τινας ἀδελφοὺς ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας, βοῶντες ὅτι Οἱ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες, οὗτοι καὶ ἐνθάδε πάρεισιν, |
|
7
|
7
|
| whom Jason hath received: and these all act contrary to the decrees of Caesar, saying that there is another king, one Jesus. | οὓς ὑποδέδεκται Ἰάσων· καὶ οὗτοι πάντες ἀπέναντι τῶν δογμάτων Καίσαρος πράσσουσιν, βασιλέα λέγοντες ἕτερον εἶναι, Ἰησοῦν. |
|
8
|
8
|
| And they troubled the multitude and the rulers of the city, when they heard these things. | Ἐτάραξαν δὲ τὸν ὄχλον καὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας ἀκούοντας ταῦτα. |
|
9
|
9
|
| And when they had taken security from Jason and the rest, they let them go. | Καὶ λαβόντες τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰάσονος καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν, ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς. |
|
10
|
10
|
| And the brethren immediately sent away Paul and Silas by night unto Berea: who when they were come thither went into the synagogue of the Jews. | Οἱ δὲ ἀδελφοὶ εὐθέως διὰ τῆς νυκτὸς ἐξέπεμψαν τόν τε Παῦλον καὶ τὸν Σίλαν εἰς Βέροιαν· οἵτινες παραγενόμενοι εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἀπῄεσαν τῶν Ἰουδαίων. |
|
11
|
11
|
| Now these were more noble than those in Thessalonica, in that they received the word with all readiness of mind, examining the scriptures daily, whether these things were so. | Οὗτοι δὲ ἦσαν εὐγενέστεροι τῶν ἐν Θεσσαλονίκῃ, οἵτινες ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον μετὰ πάσης προθυμίας, τὸ καθ’ ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς γραφάς, εἰ ἔχοι ταῦτα οὕτως. |
|
12
|
12
|
| Many of them therefore believed; also of the Greek women of honorable estate, and of men, not a few. | Πολλοὶ μὲν οὖν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπίστευσαν, καὶ τῶν Ἑλληνίδων γυναικῶν τῶν εὐσχημόνων καὶ ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ὀλίγοι. |
|
13
|
13
|
| But when the Jews of Thessalonica had knowledge that the word of God was proclaimed of Paul at Berea also, they came thither likewise, stirring up the multitudes. | Ὡς δὲ ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Θεσσαλονίκης Ἰουδαῖοι ὅτι καὶ ἐν τῇ Βεροίᾳ κατηγγέλη ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ, ἦλθον κἀκεῖ σαλεύοντες τοὺς ὄχλους. |
|
14
|
14
|
| And then immediately the brethren sent forth Paul to go as it were to the sea: but both Silas and Timothy abode there still. | Εὐθέως δὲ τότε τὸν Παῦλον ἐξαπέστειλαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν· ὑπέμενον δὲ ὅ τε Σίλας καὶ ὁ Τιμόθεος ἐκεῖ. |
|
15
|
15
|
| But they that conducted Paul brought him as far as Athens: and receiving a commandment unto Silas and Timothy that they should come to him with all speed, they departed. | Οἱ δὲ καθιστῶντες τὸν Παῦλον, ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἕως Ἀθηνῶν· καὶ λαβόντες ἐντολὴν πρὸς τὸν Σίλαν καὶ Τιμόθεον, ἵνα ὡς τάχιστα ἔλθωσιν πρὸς αὐτόν, ἐξῄεσαν. |
|
16
|
16
|
| Now while Paul waited for them at Athens, his spirit was provoked within him as he beheld the city full of idols. | Ἐν δὲ ταῖς Ἀθήναις ἐκδεχομένου αὐτοὺς τοῦ Παύλου, παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ, θεωροῦντι κατείδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν. |
|
17
|
17
|
| So he reasoned in the synagogue with the Jews and the devout persons, and in the marketplace every day with them that met him. | Διελέγετο μὲν οὖν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις καὶ τοῖς σεβομένοις, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ κατὰ πᾶσαν ἡμέραν πρὸς τοὺς παρατυγχάνοντας. |
|
18
|
18
|
| And certain also of the Epicurean and the Stoic philosophers encountered him. And some said, What would this babbler say? others, He seemeth to be a setter forth of strange gods: because he preached Jesus and the resurrection. | Τινὲς δὲ καὶ τῶν Ἐπικουρείων καὶ τῶν Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων συνέβαλλον αὐτῷ. Καί τινες ἔλεγον, Τί ἂν θέλοι ὁ σπερμολόγος οὗτος λέγειν; Οἱ δέ, Ξένων δαιμονίων δοκεῖ καταγγελεὺς εἶναι· ὅτι τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν εὐηγγελίζετο. |
|
19
|
19
|
| And they took hold of him, and brought him unto the Areopagus, saying, May we know what this new teaching is, which is spoken by thee? | Ἐπιλαβόμενοί τε αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον πάγον ἤγαγον λέγοντες, Δυνάμεθα γνῶναι, τίς ἡ καινὴ αὕτη ἡ ὑπὸ σοῦ λαλουμένη διδαχή; |
|
20
|
20
|
| For thou bringest certain strange things to our ears: we would know therefore what these things might mean. | Ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν· βουλόμεθα οὖν γνῶναι, τί ἂν θέλοι ταῦτα εἶναι- |
|
21
|
21
|
| (Now all the Athenians and the strangers sojourning there spent their time in nothing else, but to tell and to hear something new.) | Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον εὐκαίρουν, ἢ λέγειν τι καὶ ἀκούειν καινότερον. |
|
22
|
22
|
| And Paul stood in the midst of the Areopagus, and said, Ye men of Athens, in all things I perceive that ye are very religious. | Σταθεὶς δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ Ἀρείου πάγου ἔφη, Ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, κατὰ πάντα ὡς δεισιδαιμονεστέρους ὑμᾶς θεωρῶ. |
|
23
|
23
|
| For as I passed along, and observed the objects of your worship, I found also an altar with this inscription, TO AN UNKNOWN GOD. Whom therefore ye worship in ignorance, him I set forth unto you. | Διερχόμενος γὰρ καὶ ἀναθεωρῶν τὰ σεβάσματα ὑμῶν, εὗρον καὶ βωμὸν ἐν ᾧ ἐπεγέγραπτο, Ἀγνώστῳ θεῷ. Ὃν οὖν ἀγνοοῦντες εὐσεβεῖτε, τοῦτον ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν. |
|
24
|
24
|
| The God that made the world and all things therein, he, being Lord of heaven and earth, dwelleth not in temples made with hands; | Ὁ θεὸς ὁ ποιήσας τὸν κόσμον καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ, οὗτος, οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς κύριος ὑπάρχων, οὐκ ἐν χειροποιήτοις ναοῖς κατοικεῖ, |
|
25
|
25
|
| neither is he served by men’s hands, as though he needed anything, seeing he himself giveth to all life and breath in all things; | οὐδὲ ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρώπων θεραπεύεται, προσδεόμενός τινος, αὐτὸς διδοὺς πᾶσιν ζωὴν καὶ πνοὴν κατὰ πάντα· |
|
26
|
26
|
| and he made of one blood every nation of men to dwell on all the face of the earth, having determined their appointed seasons, and the bounds of their habitation; | ἐποίησέν τε ἐξ ἑνὸς αἵματος πᾶν ἔθνος ἀνθρώπων, κατοικεῖν ἐπὶ πᾶν τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς, ὁρίσας προστεταγμένους καιροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς κατοικίας αὐτῶν· |
|
27
|
27
|
| that they should seek the Lord, if haply they might feel after him and find him, though he is not far from each one of us: | ζητεῖν τὸν κύριον, εἰ ἄρα γε ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν καὶ εὕροιεν, καί γε οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντα. |
|
28
|
28
|
| for in him we live, and move, and have our being; as certain even of your own poets have said, For we are also his offspring. | Ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καί ἐσμεν· ὡς καί τινες τῶν καθ’ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν εἰρήκασιν, Τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν. |
|
29
|
29
|
| Being then the offspring of God, we ought not to think that the Godhead is like unto gold, or silver, or stone, graven by art and device of man. | Γένος οὖν ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐκ ὀφείλομεν νομίζειν χρυσῷ ἢ ἀργύρῳ ἢ λίθῳ, χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου, τὸ θεῖον εἶναι ὅμοιον. |
|
30
|
30
|
| The times of ignorance therefore God overlooked; but now he commandeth all men everywhere to repent: | Τοὺς μὲν οὖν χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας ὑπεριδὼν ὁ θεός, τὰ νῦν παραγγέλλει τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πᾶσιν πανταχοῦ μετανοεῖν· |
|
31
|
31
|
| because he hath appointed a day in which he will judge the world in righteousness by the man whom he hath ordained; whereof he hath given assurance unto all men, in that he hath raised him from the dead. | διότι ἔστησεν ἡμέραν, ἐν ᾗ μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν, πίστιν παρασχὼν πᾶσιν, ἀναστήσας αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν. |
|
32
|
32
|
| Now when they heard of the resurrection of the dead, some mocked; but others said, We will hear thee again concerning this. | Ἀκούσαντες δὲ ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν, οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον· οἱ δὲ εἶπον, Ἀκουσόμεθά σου πάλιν περὶ τούτου. |
|
33
|
33
|
| And so Paul went out from among them. | Καὶ οὕτως ὁ Παῦλος ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν. |
|
34
|
34
|
| But certain men clave unto him, and believed: among whom also was Dionysius the Areopagite, and a woman named Damaris, and others with them. | Τινὲς δὲ ἄνδρες κολληθέντες αὐτῷ, ἐπίστευσαν· ἐν οἷς καὶ Διονύσιος ὁ Ἀρεοπαγίτης, καὶ γυνὴ ὀνόματι Δάμαρις, καὶ ἕτεροι σὺν αὐτοῖς. |
|
Chapter 18
|
Κεφάλαιο 18
|
|
1
|
1
|
| And after these things Paul departed from Athens, and came to Corinth. | Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα χωρισθεὶς ὁ Παῦλος ἐκ τῶν Ἀθηνῶν ἦλθεν εἰς Κόρινθον. |
|
2
|
2
|
| And he found a certain Jew named Aquila, a man of Pontus by race, lately come from Italy, with his wife Priscilla, because Claudius had ordered all the Jews to depart from Rome: and he came unto them; | Καὶ εὑρών τινα Ἰουδαῖον ὀνόματι Ἀκύλαν, Ποντικὸν τῷ γένει, προσφάτως ἐληλυθότα ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας, καὶ Πρίσκιλλαν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, διὰ τὸ τεταχέναι Κλαύδιον χωρίζεσθαι πάντας τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης, προσῆλθεν αὐτοῖς· |
|
3
|
3
|
| and because he was of the same trade, he abode with them, and wrought; for by their trade they were tentmakers. | καὶ διὰ τὸ ὁμότεχνον εἶναι, ἔμενεν παρ’ αὐτοῖς καὶ εἰργάζετο· ἦσαν γὰρ σκηνοποιοὶ τὴν τέχνην. |
|
4
|
4
|
| And he reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath, and persuaded Jews and Greeks. | Διελέγετο δὲ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον, ἔπειθέν τε Ἰουδαίους καὶ Ἕλληνας. |
|
5
|
5
|
| But when Silas and Timothy came down from Macedonia, Paul was constrained by the Spirit, testifying to the Jews that Jesus was the Christ. | Ὡς δὲ κατῆλθον ἀπὸ τῆς Μακεδονίας ὅ τε Σίλας καὶ ὁ Τιμόθεος, συνείχετο τῷ πνεύματι ὁ Παῦλος, διαμαρτυρόμενος τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τὸν χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν. |
|
6
|
6
|
| And when they opposed themselves and blasphemed, he shook out his raiment and said unto them, Your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean: from henceforth I will go unto the Gentiles. | Ἀντιτασσομένων δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ βλασφημούντων, ἐκτιναξάμενος τὰ ἱμάτια, εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Τὸ αἷμα ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν· καθαρὸς ἐγώ· ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν εἰς τὰ ἔθνη πορεύσομαι. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And he departed thence, and went into the house of a certain man named Justus, one that worshiped God, whose house joined hard to the synagogue. | Καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν ἦλθεν εἰς οἰκίαν τινὸς ὀνόματι Ἰούστου, σεβομένου τὸν θεόν, οὗ ἡ οἰκία ἦν συνομοροῦσα τῇ συναγωγῇ. |
|
8
|
8
|
| And Crispus, the ruler of the synagogue, believed in the Lord with all his house; and many of the Corinthians hearing believed, and were baptized. | Κρίσπος δὲ ὁ ἀρχισυνάγωγος ἐπίστευσεν τῷ κυρίῳ σὺν ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ· καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν Κορινθίων ἀκούοντες ἐπίστευον καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο. |
|
9
|
9
|
| And the Lord said unto Paul by a vision in the night, Be not afraid, but speak and hold not thy peace: | Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ κύριος δι’ ὁράματος ἐν νυκτὶ τῷ Παύλῳ, Μὴ φοβοῦ, ἀλλὰ λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσῃς· |
|
10
|
10
|
| for I am with thee, and no man shall set on thee to harm thee: for I have much people in this city. | διότι ἐγώ εἰμι μετὰ σοῦ, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπιθήσεταί σοι τοῦ κακῶσαί σε· διότι λαός ἐστίν μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ. |
|
11
|
11
|
| And he dwelt there a year and six months, teaching the word of God among them. | Ἐκάθισέν τε ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ μῆνας ἕξ, διδάσκων ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ. |
|
12
|
12
|
| But when Gallio was proconsul of Achaia, the Jews with one accord rose up against Paul and brought him before the judgment seat, | Γαλλίωνος δὲ ἀνθυπατεύοντος τῆς Ἀχαΐας, κατεπέστησαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ Παύλῳ, καὶ ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα, |
|
13
|
13
|
| saying, This man persuadeth men to worship God contrary to the law. | λέγοντες ὅτι Παρὰ τὸν νόμον οὗτος ἀναπείθει τοὺς ἀνθρώπους σέβεσθαι τὸν θεόν. |
|
14
|
14
|
| But when Paul was about to open his mouth, Gallio said unto the Jews, If indeed then it were a matter of wrong or of wicked villainy, O ye Jews, reason would that I should bear with you: | Μέλλοντος δὲ τοῦ Παύλου ἀνοίγειν τὸ στόμα, εἶπεν ὁ Γαλλίων πρὸς τοὺς Ἰουδαίους, Εἰ μὲν οὖν ἦν ἀδίκημά τι ἢ ῥᾳδιούργημα πονηρόν, ὦ Ἰουδαῖοι, κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν· |
|
15
|
15
|
| but if it is a question about words and names and your own law, look to it yourselves; for I am not minded to be a judge of these matters. | εἰ δὲ ζήτημά ἐστιν περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου τοῦ καθ’ ὑμᾶς, ὄψεσθε αὐτοί· κριτὴς γὰρ ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι. |
|
16
|
16
|
| And he drove them from the judgment seat. | Καὶ ἀπήλασεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος. |
|
17
|
17
|
| And all the Greeks laid hold on Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, and beat him before the judgment seat. And none of these things was a delay to Gallio. | Ἐπιλαβόμενοι δὲ πάντες οἱ Ἕλληνες Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος. Καὶ οὐδὲν τούτων τῷ Γαλλίωνι ἔμελλεν. |
|
18
|
18
|
| And Paul, having tarried after this yet many days, took his leave of the brethren, and sailed thence for Syria, and with him Priscilla and Aquila: having shorn his head in Cenchreae; for he had a vow. | Ὁ δὲ Παῦλος ἔτι προσμείνας ἡμέρας ἱκανάς, τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἀποταξάμενος, ἐξέπλει εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ Πρίσκιλλα καὶ Ἀκύλας, κειράμενος τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς· εἶχεν γὰρ εὐχήν. |
|
19
|
19
|
| And he came to Ephesus, and left them there: but he himself entered into the synagogue, and reasoned with the Jews. | Κατήντησεν δὲ εἰς Ἔφεσον, καὶ ἐκείνους κατέλιπεν αὐτοῦ· αὐτὸς δὲ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν διελέχθη τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις. |
|
20
|
20
|
| And when they asked him to abide with them a longer time, he consented not; | Ἐρωτώντων δὲ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον μεῖναι παρ’ αὐτοῖς, οὐκ ἐπένευσεν· |
|
21
|
21
|
| but took his leave of them, saying, I must by all means keep the coming feast at Jerusalem: but I will return again unto you if God will. And he set sail from Ephesus, | ἀλλ’ ἀπετάξατο αὐτοῖς εἰπών, Δεῖ με πάντως τὴν ἑορτὴν τὴν ἐρχομένην ποιῆσαι εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα· πάλιν δὲ ἀνακάμψω πρὸς ὑμᾶς, τοῦ θεοῦ θέλοντος. Ἀνήχθη ἀπὸ τῆς Ἐφέσου, |
|
22
|
22
|
| and when he had landed at Caesarea, he went up and saluted the church, and went down to Antioch. | καὶ κατελθὼν εἰς Καισάρειαν, ἀναβὰς καὶ ἀσπασάμενος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, κατέβη εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν. |
|
23
|
23
|
| And having spent some time there, he departed, and went through the region of Galatia, and Phrygia, in order, confirming all the disciples. | Καὶ ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ ἐξῆλθεν, διερχόμενος καθεξῆς τὴν Γαλατικὴν χώραν καὶ Φρυγίαν, ἐπιστηρίζων πάντας τοὺς μαθητάς. |
|
24
|
24
|
| Now a certain Jew named Apollos, an Alexandrian by race, an eloquent man, came to Ephesus; and he was mighty in the scriptures. | Ἰουδαῖος δέ τις Ἀπολλὼς ὀνόματι, Ἀλεξανδρεὺς τῷ γένει, ἀνὴρ λόγιος, κατήντησεν εἰς Ἔφεσον, δυνατὸς ὢν ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς. |
|
25
|
25
|
| This man had been instructed in the way of the Lord; and being fervent in spirit, he spake and taught accurately the things concerning the Lord, knowing only the baptism of John: | Οὗτος ἦν κατηχημένος τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ ζέων τῷ πνεύματι ἐλάλει καὶ ἐδίδασκεν ἀκριβῶς τὰ περὶ τοῦ κυρίου, ἐπιστάμενος μόνον τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου· |
|
26
|
26
|
| and he began to speak boldly in the synagogue. But when Aquila and Priscilla heard him, they took him unto them, and expounded unto him the way of God more accurately. | οὗτός τε ἤρξατο παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ. Ἀκούσαντες δὲ αὐτοῦ Ἀκύλας καὶ Πρίσκιλλα, προσελάβοντο αὐτόν, καὶ ἀκριβέστερον αὐτῷ ἐξέθεντο τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ὁδόν. |
|
27
|
27
|
| And when he was minded to pass over into Achaia, the brethren encouraged him, and wrote to the disciples to receive him: and when he was come, he helped them much that had believed through grace; | Βουλομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν, προτρεψάμενοι οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἀποδέξασθαι αὐτόν· ὃς παραγενόμενος συνεβάλετο πολὺ τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος· |
|
28
|
28
|
| for he powerfully confuted the Jews, and that publicly, showing by the scriptures that Jesus was the Christ. | εὐτόνως γὰρ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ, ἐπιδεικνὺς διὰ τῶν γραφῶν εἶναι τὸν χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν. |
|
Chapter 19
|
Κεφάλαιο 19
|
|
1
|
1
|
| And it came to pass, that, while Apollos was at Corinth, Paul having passed through the upper country came to Ephesus; and finding certain disciples, | Ἐγένετο δέ, ἐν τῷ τὸν Ἀπολλὼ εἶναι ἐν Κορίνθῳ, Παῦλον διελθόντα τὰ ἀνωτερικὰ μέρη ἐλθεῖν εἰς Ἔφεσον· καὶ εὑρών τινας μαθητὰς |
|
2
|
2
|
| he said unto them, Did ye receive the Holy Spirit when ye believed? And they said unto him, Nay, we did not so much as hear whether the Holy Spirit was given. | εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Εἰ πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐλάβετε πιστεύσαντες; Οἱ δὲ εἶπον πρὸς αὐτόν, Ἀλλ’ οὐδὲ εἰ πνεῦμα ἅγιόν ἐστιν, ἠκούσαμεν. |
|
3
|
3
|
| And he said unto them, Into what then were ye baptized? And they said, Into John’s baptism. | Εἶπέν τε πρὸς αὐτούς, Εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε; Οἱ δὲ εἶπον, Εἰς τὸ Ἰωάννου βάπτισμα. |
|
4
|
4
|
| And Paul said, John indeed baptized with the baptism of repentance, saying unto the people that they should believe on him that should come after him, that is, on Christ Jesus. | Εἶπεν δὲ Παῦλος, Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν βάπτισμα μετανοίας, τῷ λαῷ λέγων εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετ’ αὐτὸν ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν, τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, εἰς τὸν χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν. |
|
5
|
5
|
| And when they heard this, they were baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus. | Ἀκούσαντες δὲ ἐβαπτίσθησαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ. |
|
6
|
6
|
| And when Paul had laid his hands upon them, the Holy Spirit came on them; and they spake with tongues, and prophesied. | Καὶ ἐπιθέντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ Παύλου τὰς χεῖρας, ἦλθεν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐπ’ αὐτούς, ἐλάλουν τε γλώσσαις καὶ προεφήτευον. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And they were in all about twelve men. | Ἦσαν δὲ οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δεκαδύο. |
|
8
|
8
|
| And he entered into the synagogue, and spake boldly for the space of three months, reasoning and persuading as to the things concerning the kingdom of God. | Εἰσελθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐπαρρησιάζετο, ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς διαλεγόμενος καὶ πείθων τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ. |
|
9
|
9
|
| But when some were hardened and disobedient, speaking evil of the Way before the multitude, he departed from them, and separated the disciples, reasoning daily in the school of one Tyrannus. | Ὡς δέ τινες ἐσκληρύνοντο καὶ ἠπείθουν, κακολογοῦντες τὴν ὁδὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους, ἀποστὰς ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ἀφώρισεν τοὺς μαθητάς, καθ’ ἡμέραν διαλεγόμενος ἐν τῇ σχολῇ Τυράννου τινός. |
|
10
|
10
|
| And this continued for the space of two years; so that all they that dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks. | Τοῦτο δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ ἔτη δύο, ὥστε πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν Ἀσίαν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, Ἰουδαίους τε καὶ Ἕλληνας. |
|
11
|
11
|
| And God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul: | Δυνάμεις τε οὐ τὰς τυχούσας ἐποίει ὁ θεὸς διὰ τῶν χειρῶν Παύλου, |
|
12
|
12
|
| insomuch that unto the sick were brought handkerchiefs or aprons from his body, and the diseases departed from them, and the evil spirits went out from them. | ὥστε καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἐπιφέρεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια, καὶ ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους, τά τε πνεύματα τὰ πονηρὰ ἐξέρχεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν. |
|
13
|
13
|
| But certain of the strolling Jews, exorcists, took upon them to name over them that had the evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus, saying, We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth. | Ἐπεχείρησαν δέ τινες ἀπὸ τῶν περιερχομένων Ἰουδαίων ἐξορκιστῶν ὀνομάζειν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἔχοντας τὰ πνεύματα τὰ πονηρὰ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, λέγοντες, Ὁρκίζομεν ὑμᾶς τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὃν ὁ Παῦλος κηρύσσει. |
|
14
|
14
|
| And there were certain men, seven sons of Sceva, a Jew, a chief priest, who did this. | Ἦσαν δέ τινες υἱοὶ Σκευᾶ Ἰουδαίου ἀρχιερέως ἑπτὰ οἱ τοῦτο ποιοῦντες. |
|
15
|
15
|
| And the evil spirit answered and said, Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are ye? | Ἀποκριθὲν δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρὸν εἶπεν, Τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω, καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι· ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνες ἐστέ; |
|
16
|
16
|
| And the man in whom was the evil spirit, leaping upon them and mastering them, prevailed against them, so that they fled out of that house naked and wounded. | Καὶ ἐφαλλόμενος ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρόν, καὶ κατακυριεύσαν αὐτῶν, ἴσχυσεν κατ’ αὐτῶν, ὥστε γυμνοὺς καὶ τετραυματισμένους ἐκφυγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ οἴκου ἐκείνου. |
|
17
|
17
|
| And this became known to all, both Jews and Greeks, that dwelt at Ephesus; and fear fell upon them all, and the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified. | Τοῦτο δὲ ἐγένετο γνωστὸν πᾶσιν Ἰουδαίοις τε καὶ Ἕλλησιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν τὴν Ἔφεσον, καὶ ἐπέπεσεν φόβος ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς, καὶ ἐμεγαλύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ. |
|
18
|
18
|
| Many also of them that had believed came, confessing, and declaring their deeds. | Πολλοί τε τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἤρχοντο, ἐξομολογούμενοι, καὶ ἀναγγέλλοντες τὰς πράξεις αὐτῶν. |
|
19
|
19
|
| And not a few of them that practiced magical arts brought their books together and burned them in the sight of all; and they counted the price of them, and found it fifty thousand pieces of silver. | Ἱκανοὶ δὲ τῶν τὰ περίεργα πραξάντων συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους κατέκαιον ἐνώπιον πάντων· καὶ συνεψήφισαν τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ εὗρον ἀργυρίου μυριάδας πέντε. |
|
20
|
20
|
| So mightily grew the word of the Lord and prevailed. | Οὕτως κατὰ κράτος ὁ λόγος τοῦ κυρίου ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν. |
|
21
|
21
|
| Now after these things were ended, Paul purposed in the spirit, when he had passed through Macedonia and Achaia, to go to Jerusalem, saying, After I have been there, I must also see Rome. | Ὡς δὲ ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα, ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πνεύματι, διελθὼν τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ Ἀχαΐαν, πορεύεσθαι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, εἰπὼν ὅτι Μετὰ τὸ γενέσθαι με ἐκεῖ, δεῖ με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν. |
|
22
|
22
|
| And having sent into Macedonia two of them that ministered unto him, Timothy and Erastus, he himself stayed in Asia for a while. | Ἀποστείλας δὲ εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν δύο τῶν διακονούντων αὐτῷ, Τιμόθεον καὶ Ἔραστον, αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν. |
|
23
|
23
|
| And about that time there arose no small stir concerning the Way. | Ἐγένετο δὲ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ. |
|
24
|
24
|
| For a certain man named Demetrius, a silversmith, who made silver shrines of Diana, brought no little business unto the craftsmen; | Δημήτριος γάρ τις ὀνόματι, ἀργυροκόπος, ποιῶν ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς Ἀρτέμιδος, παρείχετο τοῖς τεχνίταις ἐργασίαν οὐκ ὀλίγην· |
|
25
|
25
|
| whom he gathered together, with the workmen of like occupation, and said, Sirs, ye know that by this business we have our wealth. | οὓς συναθροίσας, καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας, εἶπεν, Ἄνδρες, ἐπίστασθε ὅτι ἐκ ταύτης τῆς ἐργασίας ἡ εὐπορία ἡμῶν ἐστιν. |
|
26
|
26
|
| And ye see and hear, that not alone at Ephesus, but almost throughout all Asia, this Paul hath persuaded and turned away much people, saying that they are no gods, that are made with hands: | Καὶ θεωρεῖτε καὶ ἀκούετε ὅτι οὐ μόνον Ἐφέσου, ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν πάσης τῆς Ἀσίας, ὁ Παῦλος οὗτος πείσας μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον, λέγων ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοὶ οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι. |
|
27
|
27
|
| and not only is there danger that this our trade come into disrepute; but also that the temple of the great goddess Diana be made of no account, and that her magnificence should also be destroyed, whom all Asia and the world worshipeth. | Οὐ μόνον δὲ τοῦτο κινδυνεύει ἡμῖν τὸ μέρος εἰς ἀπελεγμὸν ἐλθεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς ἱερὸν Ἀρτέμιδος εἰς οὐθὲν λογισθῆναι, μέλλειν δὲ καὶ καθαιρεῖσθαι τὴν μεγαλειότητα αὐτῆς, ἣν ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται. |
|
28
|
28
|
| And when they heard this they were filled with wrath, and cried out, saying, Great is Diana of the Ephesians. | Ἀκούσαντες δὲ καὶ γενόμενοι πλήρεις θυμοῦ, ἔκραζον λέγοντες, Μεγάλη ἡ Ἄρτεμις Ἐφεσίων. |
|
29
|
29
|
| And the whole city was filled with the confusion: and they rushed with one accord into the theater, having seized Gaius and Aristarchus, men of Macedonia, Paul’s companions in travel. | Καὶ ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις ὅλη τῆς συγχύσεως· ὥρμησάν τε ὁμοθυμαδὸν εἰς τὸ θέατρον, συναρπάσαντες Γάϊον καὶ Ἀρίσταρχον Μακεδόνας, συνεκδήμους Παύλου. |
|
30
|
30
|
| And when Paul was minded to enter in unto the people, the disciples suffered him not. | Τοῦ δὲ Παύλου βουλομένου εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον, οὐκ εἴων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταί. |
|
31
|
31
|
| And certain also of the Asiarchs, being his friends, sent unto him and besought him not to adventure himself into the theater. | Τινὲς δὲ καὶ τῶν Ἀσιαρχῶν, ὄντες αὐτῷ φίλοι, πέμψαντες πρὸς αὐτόν, παρεκάλουν μὴ δοῦναι ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὸ θέατρον. |
|
32
|
32
|
| Some therefore cried one thing, and some another: for the assembly was in confusion; and the more part knew not wherefore they were come together. | Ἄλλοι μὲν οὖν ἄλλο τι ἔκραζον· ἦν γὰρ ἡ ἐκκλησία συγκεχυμένη, καὶ οἱ πλείους οὐκ ᾔδεισαν τίνος ἕνεκεν συνεληλύθεισαν. |
|
33
|
33
|
| And they brought Alexander out of the multitude, the Jews having put him forward. And Alexander beckoned with the hand, and would have made a defense unto the people. | Ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ὄχλου προεβίβασαν Ἀλέξανδρον, προβαλόντων αὐτὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων. Ὁ δὲ Ἀλέξανδρος, κατασείσας τὴν χεῖρα, ἤθελεν ἀπολογεῖσθαι τῷ δήμῳ. |
|
34
|
34
|
| But when they perceived that he was a Jew, all with one voice about the space of two hours cried out, Great is Diana of the Ephesians. | Ἐπιγνόντες δὲ ὅτι Ἰουδαῖός ἐστιν, φωνὴ ἐγένετο μία ἐκ πάντων ὡς ἐπὶ ὥρας δύο κραζόντων, Μεγάλη ἡ Ἄρτεμις Ἐφεσίων. |
|
35
|
35
|
| And when the town clerk had quieted the multitude, he saith, Ye men of Ephesus, what man is there who knoweth not that the city of the Ephesians is temple keeper of the great goddess Diana, and of the image which fell down from Jupiter? | Καταστείλας δὲ ὁ γραμματεὺς τὸν ὄχλον φησίν, Ἄνδρες Ἐφέσιοι, τίς γάρ ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος ὃς οὐ γινώσκει τὴν Ἐφεσίων πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἀρτέμιδος καὶ τοῦ Διοπετοῦς; |
|
36
|
36
|
| Seeing then that these things cannot be gainsaid, ye ought to be quiet, and to do nothing rash. | Ἀναντιρρήτων οὖν ὄντων τούτων, δέον ἐστὶν ὑμᾶς κατεσταλμένους ὑπάρχειν, καὶ μηδὲν προπετὲς πράσσειν. |
|
37
|
37
|
| For ye have brought hither these men, who are neither robbers of temples nor blasphemers of your god. | Ἠγάγετε γὰρ τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους, οὔτε ἱεροσύλους οὔτε βλασφημοῦντας τὴν θεὸν ὑμῶν. |
|
38
|
38
|
| If therefore Demetrius, and the craftsmen that are with him, have a matter against any man, the courts are open, and there are proconsuls: let them accuse one another. | Εἰ μὲν οὖν Δημήτριος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ τεχνῖται ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον, ἀγοραῖοι ἄγονται, καὶ ἀνθύπατοί εἰσιν· ἐγκαλείτωσαν ἀλλήλοις. |
|
39
|
39
|
| But if ye seek anything about other matters, it shall be settled in the regular assembly. | Εἰ δέ τι περὶ ἑτέρων ἐπιζητεῖτε, ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται. |
|
40
|
40
|
| For indeed we are in danger to be accused concerning this day’s riot, there being no cause for it: and as touching it we shall not be able to give account of this concourse. | Καὶ γὰρ κινδυνεύομεν ἐγκαλεῖσθαι στάσεως περὶ τῆς σήμερον, μηδενὸς αἰτίου ὑπάρχοντος περὶ οὗ οὐ δυνησόμεθα δοῦναι λόγον τῆς συστροφῆς ταύτης. |
|
41
|
41
|
| And when he had thus spoken, he dismissed the assembly. | Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπών, ἀπέλυσεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. |
|
Chapter 20
|
Κεφάλαιο 20
|
|
1
|
1
|
| And after the uproar ceased, Paul called unto him the disciples, and took leave of them, and departed to go into Macedonia. | Μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι τὸν θόρυβον, προσκαλεσάμενος ὁ Παῦλος τοὺς μαθητάς, καὶ ἀσπασάμενος, ἐξῆλθεν πορευθῆναι εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν. |
|
2
|
2
|
| And when he had gone through those parts, and had given them much exhortation, he came into Greece. | Διελθὼν δὲ τὰ μέρη ἐκεῖνα, καὶ παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ, ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα. |
|
3
|
3
|
| And when he had spent three months there, and a plot was laid against him by the Jews as he was about to set sail for Syria, a decision was made to return through Macedonia. | Ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς, γενομένης αὐτῷ ἐπιβουλῆς ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, ἐγένετο γνώμη τοῦ ὑποστρέφειν διὰ Μακεδονίας. |
|
4
|
4
|
| And there accompanied him as far as Asia, Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. | Συνείπετο δὲ αὐτῷ ἄχρι τῆς Ἀσίας Σώπατρος Βεροιαῖος· Θεσσαλονικέων δέ, Ἀρίσταρχος καὶ Σεκοῦνδος, καὶ Γάϊος Δερβαῖος, καὶ Τιμόθεος· Ἀσιανοὶ δέ, Τυχικὸς καὶ Τρόφιμος. |
|
5
|
5
|
| These came, and were waiting for us at Troas. | Οὗτοι προσελθόντες ἔμενον ἡμᾶς ἐν Τρῳάδι. |
|
6
|
6
|
| And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and came unto them to Troas in five days; where we tarried seven days. | Ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐξεπλεύσαμεν μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν ἀζύμων ἀπὸ Φιλίππων, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Τρῳάδα ἄχρι ἡμερῶν πέντε, οὗ διετρίψαμεν ἡμέρας ἑπτά. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And upon the first day of the week, when the disciples were gathered together to break bread, Paul discoursed with them, intending to depart on the morrow; and prolonged his speech until midnight. | Ἐν δὲ τῇ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων, συνηγμένων τῶν μαθητῶν κλάσαι ἄρτον, ὁ Παῦλος διελέγετο αὐτοῖς, μέλλων ἐξιέναι τῇ ἐπαύριον, παρέτεινέν τε τὸν λόγον μέχρι μεσονυκτίου. |
|
8
|
8
|
| And there were many lights in the upper chamber where we were gathered together. | Ἦσαν δὲ λαμπάδες ἱκαναὶ ἐν τῷ ὑπερῴῳ οὗ ἦμεν συνηγμένοι. |
|
9
|
9
|
| And there sat in the window a certain young man named Eutychus, borne down with deep sleep; and as Paul discoursed yet longer, being borne down by his sleep he fell down from the third story, and was taken up dead. | Καθήμενος δέ τις νεανίας ὀνόματι Εὔτυχος ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος, καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ, διαλεγομένου τοῦ Παύλου ἐπὶ πλεῖον, κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου ἔπεσεν ἀπὸ τοῦ τριστέγου κάτω, καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός. |
|
10
|
10
|
| And Paul went down, and fell on him, and embracing him said, Make ye no ado; for his life is in him. | Καταβὰς δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἐπέπεσεν αὐτῷ, καὶ συμπεριλαβὼν εἶπεν, Μὴ θορυβεῖσθε· ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐστιν. |
|
11
|
11
|
| And when he was gone up, and had broken bread, and eaten, and had talked with them a long while, even till break of day, so he departed. | Ἀναβὰς δὲ καὶ κλάσας ἄρτον καὶ γευσάμενος, ἐφ’ ἱκανόν τε ὁμιλήσας ἄχρι αὐγῆς, οὕτως ἐξῆλθεν. |
|
12
|
12
|
| And they brought the lad alive, and were not a little comforted. | Ἤγαγον δὲ τὸν παῖδα ζῶντα, καὶ παρεκλήθησαν οὐ μετρίως. |
|
13
|
13
|
| But we, going to the ship, set sail for Assos, there intending to take in Paul: for so had he appointed, intending himself to go by land. | Ἡμεῖς δέ, προσελθόντες ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον, ἀνήχθημεν εἰς τὴν Ἄσσον, ἐκεῖθεν μέλλοντες ἀναλαμβάνειν τὸν Παῦλον· οὕτως γὰρ ἦν διατεταγμένος, μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν. |
|
14
|
14
|
| And when he met us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. | Ὡς δὲ συνέβαλεν ἡμῖν εἰς τὴν Ἄσσον, ἀναλαβόντες αὐτὸν ἤλθομεν εἰς Μιτυλήνην. |
|
15
|
15
|
| And sailing from thence, we came the following day over against Chios; and the next day we touched at Samos; and having tarried at Trogyllium, the day after we came to Miletus. | Κἀκεῖθεν ἀποπλεύσαντες, τῇ ἐπιούσῃ κατηντήσαμεν ἀντικρὺ Χίου· τῇ δὲ ἑτέρᾳ παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον· καὶ μείναντες ἐν Τρωγυλλίῳ, τῇ ἐχομένῃ ἤλθομεν εἰς Μίλητον. |
|
16
|
16
|
| For Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, that he might not have to spend time in Asia; for he was hastening, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost. | Ἔκρινεν γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον, ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ· ἔσπευδεν γάρ, εἰ δυνατὸν ἦν αὐτῷ, τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς γενέσθαι εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. |
|
17
|
17
|
| And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called to him the elders of the church. | Ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Μιλήτου πέμψας εἰς Ἔφεσον μετεκαλέσατο τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας. |
|
18
|
18
|
| And when they were come to him, he said unto them, Ye yourselves know, from the first day that I set foot in Asia, after what manner I was with you all the time, | Ὡς δὲ παρεγένοντο πρὸς αὐτόν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε, ἀπὸ πρώτης ἡμέρας ἀφ’ ἧς ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν, πῶς μεθ’ ὑμῶν τὸν πάντα χρόνον ἐγενόμην, |
|
19
|
19
|
| serving the Lord with all lowliness of mind, and with many tears, and with trials which befell me by the plots of the Jews; | δουλεύων τῷ κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ πολλῶν δακρύων καὶ πειρασμῶν τῶν συμβάντων μοι ἐν ταῖς ἐπιβουλαῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων· |
|
20
|
20
|
| how I shrank not from declaring unto you anything that was profitable, and teaching you publicly, and from house to house, | ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων, τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν καὶ διδάξαι ὑμᾶς δημοσίᾳ καὶ κατ’ οἴκους, |
|
21
|
21
|
| testifying both to Jews and to Greeks repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. | διαμαρτυρόμενος Ἰουδαίοις τε καὶ Ἕλλησιν τὴν εἰς τὸν θεὸν μετάνοιαν, καὶ πίστιν τὴν εἰς τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν. |
|
22
|
22
|
| And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit unto Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there: | Καὶ νῦν ἰδού, ἐγὼ δεδεμένος τῷ πνεύματι πορεύομαι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι μὴ εἰδώς, |
|
23
|
23
|
| save that the Holy Spirit testifieth in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions abide me. | πλὴν ὅτι τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον κατὰ πόλιν διαμαρτύρεται λέγον ὅτι δεσμά με καὶ θλίψεις μένουσιν. |
|
24
|
24
|
| But I make no account, neither count I my life precious unto myself, so that I may accomplish my course with joy, and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. | Ἀλλ’ οὐδενὸς λόγον ποιοῦμαι, οὐδὲ ἔχω τὴν ψυχήν μου τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ, ὡς τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον μου μετὰ χαρᾶς, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ. |
|
25
|
25
|
| And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I went about preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. | Καὶ νῦν ἰδού, ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ὑμεῖς πάντες, ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. |
|
26
|
26
|
| For I testify unto you this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men. | Διότι μαρτύρομαι ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σήμερον ἡμέρᾳ, ὅτι καθαρὸς ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων. |
|
27
|
27
|
| For I shrank not from declaring unto you the whole counsel of God. | Οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν πᾶσαν τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ. |
|
28
|
28
|
| Take heed therefore unto yourselves, and to all the flock, in which the Holy Spirit hath made you bishops, to feed the church of our Lord and God, which he purchased with his own blood. | Προσέχετε οὖν ἑαυτοῖς καὶ παντὶ τῷ ποιμνίῳ, ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ κυρίου καὶ θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ ἰδίου αἵματος. |
|
29
|
29
|
| For I know this, that after my departing grievous wolves shall enter in among you, not sparing the flock; | Ἐγὼ γὰρ οἶδα τοῦτο, ὅτι εἰσελεύσονται μετὰ τὴν ἄφιξίν μου λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς, μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου· |
|
30
|
30
|
| and from among your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away the disciples after them. | καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀναστήσονται ἄνδρες λαλοῦντες διεστραμμένα, τοῦ ἀποσπᾷν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὀπίσω αὐτῶν. |
|
31
|
31
|
| Wherefore watch ye, remembering that by the space of three years I ceased not to admonish every one night and day with tears. | Διὸ γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες ὅτι τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην μετὰ δακρύων νουθετῶν ἕνα ἕκαστον. |
|
32
|
32
|
| And now I commend you, brethren, to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all them that are sanctified. | Καὶ τὰ νῦν παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ, τῷ δυναμένῳ ἐποικοδομῆσαι, καὶ δοῦναι ὑμῖν κληρονομίαν ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν. |
|
33
|
33
|
| I coveted no man’s silver, or gold, or apparel. | Ἀργυρίου ἢ χρυσίου ἢ ἱματισμοῦ οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα. |
|
34
|
34
|
| Ye yourselves know that these hands ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with me. | Αὐτοὶ γινώσκετε ὅτι ταῖς χρείαις μου καὶ τοῖς οὖσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται. |
|
35
|
35
|
| In all things I gave you an example, that so laboring ye ought to help the weak, and to remember the word of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. | Πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὕτως κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων, μνημονεύειν τε τῶν λόγων τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν, Μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν. |
|
36
|
36
|
| And when he had thus spoken, he knelt down and prayed with them all. | Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπών, θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ, σὺν πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς προσηύξατο. |
|
37
|
37
|
| And they all wept sore, and fell on Paul’s neck and kissed him, | Ἱκανὸς δὲ ἐγένετο κλαυθμὸς πάντων· καὶ ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου κατεφίλουν αὐτόν, |
|
38
|
38
|
| sorrowing most of all for the word which he had spoken, that they should behold his face no more. And they brought him on his way unto the ship. | ὀδυνώμενοι μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ ᾧ εἰρήκει, ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν. Προέπεμπον δὲ αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον. |
|
Chapter 21
|
Κεφάλαιο 21
|
|
1
|
1
|
| And when it came to pass that we were parted from them and had set sail, we came with a straight course unto Cos, and the next day unto Rhodes, and from thence unto Patara: | Ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο ἀναχθῆναι ἡμᾶς ἀποσπασθέντας ἀπ’ αὐτῶν, εὐθυδρομήσαντες ἤλθομεν εἰς τὴν Κῶν, τῇ δὲ ἑξῆς εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον, κἀκεῖθεν εἰς Πάταρα· |
|
2
|
2
|
| and having found a ship crossing over unto Phoenicia, we went aboard, and set sail. | καὶ εὑρόντες πλοῖον διαπερῶν εἰς Φοινίκην, ἐπιβάντες ἀνήχθημεν. |
|
3
|
3
|
| And when we had come in sight of Cyprus, leaving it on the left hand, we sailed unto Syria, and landed at Tyre; for there the ship was to unlade her burden. | Ἀναφανέντες δὲ τὴν Κύπρον, καὶ καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν εὐώνυμον, ἐπλέομεν εἰς Συρίαν, καὶ κατήχθημεν εἰς Τύρον· ἐκεῖσε γὰρ ἦν τὸ πλοῖον ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γόμον. |
|
4
|
4
|
| And having found disciples, we tarried there seven days: and these said to Paul through the Spirit, that he should not go up to Jerusalem. | Καὶ ἀνευρόντες μαθητάς, ἐπεμείναμεν αὐτοῦ ἡμέρας ἑπτά· οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, μὴ ἀναβαίνειν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. |
|
5
|
5
|
| And when it came to pass that we had accomplished the days, we departed and went on our journey; and they all, with wives and children, brought us on our way till we were out of the city: and kneeling down on the beach, we prayed. | Ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι τὰς ἡμέρας, ἐξελθόντες ἐπορευόμεθα, προπεμπόντων ἡμᾶς πάντων σὺν γυναιξὶν καὶ τέκνοις ἕως ἔξω τῆς πόλεως· καὶ θέντες τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν προσηυξάμεθα. |
|
6
|
6
|
| And when we had bade each other farewell, we went on board the ship, but they returned home again. | Καὶ ἀσπασάμενοι ἀλλήλους, ἐπέβημεν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς τὰ ἴδια. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And when we had finished the voyage from Tyre, we arrived at Ptolemais; and we saluted the brethren, and abode with them one day. | Ἡμεῖς δέ, τὸν πλοῦν διανύσαντες ἀπὸ Τύρου, κατηντήσαμεν εἰς Πτολεμαΐδα, καὶ ἀσπασάμενοι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἐμείναμεν ἡμέραν μίαν παρ’ αὐτοῖς. |
|
8
|
8
|
| And on the morrow they that were of Paul’s company departed, and came unto Caesarea: and entering into the house of Philip the evangelist, who was one of the seven, we abode with him. | Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον ἐξελθόντες οἱ περὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἦλθον εἰς Καισάρειαν· καὶ εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν οἶκον Φιλίππου τοῦ εὐαγγελιστοῦ, ὄντος ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά, ἐμείναμεν παρ’ αὐτῷ. |
|
9
|
9
|
| Now this man had four virgin daughters, who prophesied. | Τούτῳ δὲ ἦσαν θυγατέρες παρθένοι τέσσαρες προφητεύουσαι. |
|
10
|
10
|
| And as we tarried there some days, there came down from Judea a certain prophet, named Agabus. | Ἐπιμενόντων δὲ ἡμῶν ἡμέρας πλείους, κατῆλθέν τις ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἄγαβος. |
|
11
|
11
|
| And coming to us, and taking Paul’s girdle, and having bound his own feet and hands, he said, Thus saith the Holy Spirit, So shall the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man that owneth this girdle, and shall deliver him into the hands of the Gentiles. | Καὶ ἐλθὼν πρὸς ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου, δήσας τε αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας εἶπεν, Τάδε λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, Τὸν ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν ἡ ζώνη αὕτη, οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ παραδώσουσιν εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν. |
|
12
|
12
|
| And when we heard these things, both we and they of that place besought him not to go up to Jerusalem. | Ὡς δὲ ἠκούσαμεν ταῦτα, παρεκαλοῦμεν ἡμεῖς τε καὶ οἱ ἐντόπιοι, τοῦ μὴ ἀναβαίνειν αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. |
|
13
|
13
|
| And Paul answered, What do ye, weeping and breaking my heart? for I am ready not to be bound only, but also to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus. | Ἀπεκρίθη τε ὁ Παῦλος, Τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν; Ἐγὼ γὰρ οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθανεῖν εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἑτοίμως ἔχω ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ. |
|
14
|
14
|
| And when he would not be persuaded, we ceased, saying, The will of the Lord be done. | Μὴ πειθομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ, ἡσυχάσαμεν εἰπόντες, Τὸ θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου γενέσθω. |
|
15
|
15
|
| And after these days we made preparations and went up to Jerusalem. | Μετὰ δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας ἐπισκευασάμενοι ἀνεβαίνομεν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. |
|
16
|
16
|
| And there went with us also certain of the disciples from Caesarea, bringing with them one Mnason of Cyprus, an early disciple, with whom we should lodge. | Συνῆλθον δὲ καὶ τῶν μαθητῶν ἀπὸ Καισαρείας σὺν ἡμῖν, ἄγοντες παρ’ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν, Μνάσωνί τινι Κυπρίῳ, ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ. |
|
17
|
17
|
| And when we were come to Jerusalem, the brethren received us gladly. | Γενομένων δὲ ἡμῶν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, ἀσμένως ἐδέξαντο ἡμᾶς οἱ ἀδελφοί. |
|
18
|
18
|
| And the day following Paul went in with us unto James; and all the elders were present. | Τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ εἰσῄει ὁ Παῦλος σὺν ἡμῖν πρὸς Ἰάκωβον, πάντες τε παρεγένοντο οἱ πρεσβύτεροι. |
|
19
|
19
|
| And when he had saluted them, he rehearsed one by one the things which God had wrought among the Gentiles through his ministry. | Καὶ ἀσπασάμενος αὐτούς, ἐξηγεῖτο καθ’ ἓν ἕκαστον ὧν ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν διὰ τῆς διακονίας αὐτοῦ. |
|
20
|
20
|
| And they, when they heard it, glorified the Lord; and they said unto him, Thou seest, brother, how many thousands there are of the Jews that have believed; and they are all zealous for the law: | Οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες ἐδόξαζον τὸν κύριον, εἰπόντες αὐτῷ, Θεωρεῖς, ἀδελφέ, πόσαι μυριάδες εἰσὶν Ἰουδαίων τῶν πεπιστευκότων· καὶ πάντες ζηλωταὶ τοῦ νόμου ὑπάρχουσιν· |
|
21
|
21
|
| and they have been informed concerning thee, that thou teachest all the Jews who are among the Gentiles to forsake Moses, telling them not to circumcise their children, neither to walk after the customs. | κατηχήθησαν δὲ περὶ σοῦ, ὅτι ἀποστασίαν διδάσκεις ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως τοὺς κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντας Ἰουδαίους, λέγων μὴ περιτέμνειν αὐτοὺς τὰ τέκνα, μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν περιπατεῖν. |
|
22
|
22
|
| What is it therefore? certainly the multitude must needs come together: for they will hear that thou art come. | Τί οὖν ἐστιν; Πάντως δεῖ πλῆθος συνελθεῖν· ἀκούσονται γὰρ ὅτι ἐλήλυθας. |
|
23
|
23
|
| Do therefore this that we say to thee: We have four men that have a vow on them; | Τοῦτο οὖν ποίησον ὅ σοι λέγομεν· εἰσὶν ἡμῖν ἄνδρες τέσσαρες εὐχὴν ἔχοντες ἐφ’ ἑαυτῶν· |
|
24
|
24
|
| these take, and purify thyself with them, and be at charges for them, that they may shave their heads: and all may know that there is no truth in the things whereof they have been informed concerning thee; but that thou thyself also walkest orderly, keeping the law. | τούτους παραλαβὼν ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς, καὶ δαπάνησον ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς, ἵνα ξυρήσωνται τὴν κεφαλήν, καὶ γνῶσιν πάντες ὅτι ὧν κατήχηνται περὶ σοῦ οὐδέν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ στοιχεῖς καὶ αὐτὸς τὸν νόμον φυλάσσων. |
|
25
|
25
|
| But as touching the Gentiles that have believed, we wrote, giving judgment that they should observe no such thing, save only that they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols, and from blood, and from what is strangled, and from fornication. | Περὶ δὲ τῶν πεπιστευκότων ἐθνῶν ἡμεῖς ἐπεστείλαμεν, κρίναντες μηδὲν τοιοῦτον τηρεῖν αὐτούς, εἰ μὴ φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον καὶ τὸ αἷμα καὶ πνικτὸν καὶ πορνείαν. |
|
26
|
26
|
| Then Paul took the men, and the next day purifying himself with them went into the temple, declaring the fulfillment of the days of purification, until the offering was offered for every one of them. | Τότε ὁ Παῦλος παραλαβὼν τοὺς ἄνδρας, τῇ ἐχομένῃ ἡμέρᾳ σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁγνισθεὶς εἰσῄει εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, διαγγέλλων τὴν ἐκπλήρωσιν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ, ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ἡ προσφορά. |
|
27
|
27
|
| And when the seven days were almost completed, the Jews from Asia, when they saw him in the temple, stirred up all the multitude and laid hands on him, | Ὡς δὲ ἔμελλον αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι συντελεῖσθαι, οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας Ἰουδαῖοι, θεασάμενοι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον, καὶ ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτόν, |
|
28
|
28
|
| crying out, Men of Israel, help: This is the man that teacheth all men everywhere against the people, and the law, and this place; and moreover he brought Greeks also into the temple, and hath defiled this holy place. | κράζοντες, Ἄνδρες Ἰσραηλῖται, βοηθεῖτε. Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ κατὰ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τοῦ τόπου τούτου πάντας πανταχοῦ διδάσκων· ἔτι τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, καὶ κεκοίνωκεν τὸν ἅγιον τόπον τοῦτον. |
|
29
|
29
|
| For they had seen with him in the city Trophimus the Ephesian, whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the temple. | Ἦσαν γὰρ ἑωρακότες Τρόφιμον τὸν Ἐφέσιον ἐν τῇ πόλει σὺν αὐτῷ, ὃν ἐνόμιζον ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν εἰσήγαγεν ὁ Παῦλος. |
|
30
|
30
|
| And all the city was moved, and the people ran together; and they laid hold on Paul, and dragged him out of the temple: and straightaway the doors were shut. | Ἐκινήθη τε ἡ πόλις ὅλη, καὶ ἐγένετο συνδρομὴ τοῦ λαοῦ· καὶ ἐπιλαβόμενοι τοῦ Παύλου εἷλκον αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἱεροῦ· καὶ εὐθέως ἐκλείσθησαν αἱ θύραι. |
|
31
|
31
|
| But as they were seeking to kill him, tidings came up to the chief captain of the band, that all Jerusalem was in confusion. | Ζητούντων δὲ αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, ἀνέβη φάσις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ τῆς σπείρης, ὅτι ὅλη συγκέχυται Ἱερουσαλήμ· |
|
32
|
32
|
| And forthwith he took soldiers and centurions, and ran down upon them: and they, when they saw the chief captain and the soldiers, left off beating Paul. | ὃς ἐξαυτῆς παραλαβὼν στρατιώτας καὶ ἑκατοντάρχους, κατέδραμεν ἐπ’ αὐτούς· οἱ δέ, ἰδόντες τὸν χιλίαρχον καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας, ἐπαύσαντο τύπτοντες τὸν Παῦλον. |
|
33
|
33
|
| And the chief captain came near, and laid hold on him, and commanded him to be bound with two chains; and inquired who he might be, and what he had done. | Ἐγγίσας δὲ ὁ χιλίαρχος ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκέλευσεν δεθῆναι ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν· καὶ ἐπυνθάνετο τίς ἂν εἴη, καὶ τί ἐστιν πεποιηκώς. |
|
34
|
34
|
| And some cried one thing, some another, among the crowd: and when he could not know the certainty for the uproar, he commanded him to be brought into the castle. | Ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλο τι ἐβόων ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ· μὴ δυνάμενος δὲ γνῶναι τὸ ἀσφαλὲς διὰ τὸν θόρυβον, ἐκέλευσεν ἄγεσθαι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν. |
|
35
|
35
|
| And when he came upon the stairs, so it was that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the crowd; | Ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμούς, συνέβη βαστάζεσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν διὰ τὴν βίαν τοῦ ὄχλου. |
|
36
|
36
|
| for the multitude of the people followed after, crying out, Away with him. | Ἠκολούθει γὰρ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ κρᾶζον, Αἶρε αὐτόν. |
|
37
|
37
|
| And as Paul was about to be brought into the castle, he saith unto the chief captain, May I speak unto thee? And he said, Dost thou know Greek? | Μέλλων τε εἰσάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν ὁ Παῦλος λέγει τῷ χιλιάρχῳ, Εἰ ἔξεστίν μοι εἰπεῖν πρός σε; Ὁ δὲ ἔφη, Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις; |
|
38
|
38
|
| Art thou not then the Egyptian, who before these days stirred up to sedition and led out into the wilderness the four thousand men of the Assassins? | Οὐκ ἄρα σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος ὁ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀναστατώσας καὶ ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων; |
|
39
|
39
|
| But Paul said, I am a Jew, of Tarsus in Cilicia, a citizen of no mean city: and I beseech thee, give me leave to speak unto the people. | Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Παῦλος, Ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος μέν εἰμι Ἰουδαῖος, Ταρσεὺς τῆς Κιλικίας, οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως πολίτης· δέομαι δέ σου, ἐπίτρεψόν μοι λαλῆσαι πρὸς τὸν λαόν. |
|
40
|
40
|
| And when he had given him leave, Paul, standing on the stairs, beckoned with the hand unto the people; and when there was made a great silence, he spake unto them in the Hebrew language, saying, | Ἐπιτρέψαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ, ὁ Παῦλος ἑστὼς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν κατέσεισεν τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ· πολλῆς δὲ σιγῆς γενομένης, προσεφώνει τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ λέγων, |
|
Chapter 22
|
Κεφάλαιο 22
|
|
1
|
1
|
| Brethren and fathers, hear ye the defense which I now make unto you. | Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατέ μου τῆς πρὸς ὑμᾶς νυνὶ ἀπολογίας. |
|
2
|
2
|
| And when they heard that he spake unto them in the Hebrew language, they were the more quiet: and he saith, | Ἀκούσαντες δὲ ὅτι τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ προσεφώνει αὐτοῖς, μᾶλλον παρέσχον ἡσυχίαν. Καί φησιν, |
|
3
|
3
|
| I am indeed a Jew, born in Tarsus of Cilicia, but brought up in this city, at the feet of Gamaliel, instructed according to the strict manner of the law of our fathers, being zealous for God, even as ye all are this day: | Ἐγὼ μέν εἰμι ἀνὴρ Ἰουδαῖος, γεγεννημένος ἐν Ταρσῷ τῆς Κιλικίας, ἀνατεθραμμένος δὲ ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ, πεπαιδευμένος κατὰ ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου, ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τοῦ θεοῦ, καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον· |
|
4
|
4
|
| and I persecuted this Way unto the death, binding and delivering into prisons both men and women. | ὃς ταύτην τὴν ὁδὸν ἐδίωξα ἄχρι θανάτου, δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας. |
|
5
|
5
|
| As also the high priest doth bear me witness, and all the estate of the elders: from whom also I received letters unto the brethren, and journeyed to Damascus to bring them also that were there unto Jerusalem in bonds to be punished. | Ὡς καὶ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς μαρτυρεῖ μοι, καὶ πᾶν τὸ πρεσβυτέριον· παρ’ ὧν καὶ ἐπιστολὰς δεξάμενος πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφούς, εἰς Δαμασκὸν ἐπορευόμην, ἄξων καὶ τοὺς ἐκεῖσε ὄντας δεδεμένους εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἵνα τιμωρηθῶσιν. |
|
6
|
6
|
| And it came to pass, that, as I made my journey, and drew nigh unto Damascus, about noon, suddenly there shone from heaven a great light round about me. | Ἐγένετο δέ μοι πορευομένῳ καὶ ἐγγίζοντι τῇ Δαμασκῷ, περὶ μεσημβρίαν, ἐξαίφνης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ περιαστράψαι φῶς ἱκανὸν περὶ ἐμέ. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And I fell unto the ground, and heard a voice saying unto me, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? | Ἔπεσά τε εἰς τὸ ἔδαφος, καὶ ἤκουσα φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι, Σαούλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις; |
|
8
|
8
|
| And I answered, Who art thou, Lord? And he said unto me, I am Jesus of Nazareth, whom thou persecutest. | Ἐγὼ δὲ ἀπεκρίθην, Τίς εἶ, κύριε; Εἶπέν τε πρός με, Ἐγώ εἰμι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος ὃν σὺ διώκεις. |
|
9
|
9
|
| And they that were with me beheld indeed the light, and were affrighted; but they heard not the voice of him that spake to me. | Οἱ δὲ σὺν ἐμοὶ ὄντες τὸ μὲν φῶς ἐθεάσαντο, καὶ ἔμφοβοι ἐγένοντο· τὴν δὲ φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός μοι. |
|
10
|
10
|
| And I said, What shall I do, Lord? And the Lord said unto me, Arise, and go into Damascus; and there it shall be told thee of all things which are appointed for thee to do. | Εἶπον δέ, Τί ποιήσω, κύριε; Ὁ δὲ κύριος εἶπεν πρός με, Ἀναστὰς πορεύου εἰς Δαμασκόν· κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται περὶ πάντων ὧν τέτακταί σοι ποιῆσαι. |
|
11
|
11
|
| And when I could not see for the glory of that light, being led by the hand of them that were with me I came into Damascus. | Ὡς δὲ οὐκ ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου, χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι, ἦλθον εἰς Δαμασκόν. |
|
12
|
12
|
| And one Ananias, a devout man according to the law, well reported of by all the Jews that dwelt in Damascus, | Ἀνανίας δέ τις, ἀνὴρ εὐσεβὴς κατὰ τὸν νόμον, μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων, |
|
13
|
13
|
| came unto me, and standing by me said unto me, Brother Saul, receive thy sight. And in that very hour I looked up on him. | ἐλθὼν πρός με καὶ ἐπιστὰς εἶπέν μοι, Σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ, ἀνάβλεψον. Κἀγὼ αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἀνέβλεψα εἰς αὐτόν. |
|
14
|
14
|
| And he said, The God of our fathers hath appointed thee to know his will, and to see the Righteous One, and to hear a voice from his mouth. | Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν προεχειρίσατό σε γνῶναι τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν δίκαιον, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ. |
|
15
|
15
|
| For thou shalt be a witness for him unto all men of what thou hast seen and heard. | Ὅτι ἔσῃ μάρτυς αὐτῷ πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὧν ἑώρακας καὶ ἤκουσας. |
|
16
|
16
|
| And now why tarriest thou? arise, and be baptized, and wash away thy sins, calling on the name of the Lord. | Καὶ νῦν τί μέλλεις; Ἀναστὰς βάπτισαι καὶ ἀπόλουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου, ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου. |
|
17
|
17
|
| And it came to pass, that, when I had returned to Jerusalem, and while I prayed in the temple, I fell into a trance, | Ἐγένετο δέ μοι ὑποστρέψαντι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ προσευχομένου μου ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, γενέσθαι με ἐν ἐκστάσει, |
|
18
|
18
|
| and saw him saying unto me, Make haste, and get thee quickly out of Jerusalem; because they will not receive of thee the testimony concerning me. | καὶ ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν λέγοντά μοι, Σπεῦσον καὶ ἔξελθε ἐν τάχει ἐξ Ἱερουσαλήμ· διότι οὐ παραδέξονταί σου τὴν μαρτυρίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ. |
|
19
|
19
|
| And I said, Lord, they themselves know that I imprisoned and beat in every synagogue them that believed on thee: | Κἀγὼ εἶπον, Κύριε, αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται ὅτι ἐγὼ ἤμην φυλακίζων καὶ δέρων κατὰ τὰς συναγωγὰς τοὺς πιστεύοντας ἐπὶ σέ· |
|
20
|
20
|
| and when the blood of Stephen thy witness was shed, I also was standing by, and consenting unto his death, keeping the garments of them that slew him. | καὶ ὅτε ἐξεχεῖτο τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου τοῦ μάρτυρός σου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἤμην ἐφεστὼς καὶ συνευδοκῶν τῇ ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ, φυλάσσων τὰ ἱμάτια τῶν ἀναιρούντων αὐτόν. |
|
21
|
21
|
| And he said unto me, Depart: for I will send thee forth far hence unto the Gentiles. | Καὶ εἶπεν πρός με, Πορεύου, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἰς ἔθνη μακρὰν ἐξαποστελῶ σε. |
|
22
|
22
|
| And they gave him audience unto this word; and they lifted up their voice, and said, Away with such a fellow from the earth: for it is not fit that he should live. | Ἤκουον δὲ αὐτοῦ ἄχρι τούτου τοῦ λόγου, καὶ ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν λέγοντες, Αἶρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν τοιοῦτον· οὐ γὰρ καθῆκεν αὐτὸν ζῇν. |
|
23
|
23
|
| And as they cried out, and threw off their garments, and cast dust into the air, | Κραζόντων δὲ αὐτῶν, καὶ ῥιπτούντων τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸν ἀέρα, |
|
24
|
24
|
| the chief captain commanded him to be brought into the castle, bidding that he should be examined by scourging, that he might know for what cause they so shouted against him. | ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ χιλίαρχος ἄγεσθαι εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν, εἰπὼν μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτόν, ἵνα ἐπιγνῷ δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν οὕτως ἐπεφώνουν αὐτῷ. |
|
25
|
25
|
| And as he tied him up with the thongs, Paul said unto the centurion that stood by, Is it lawful for you to scourge a man that is a Roman, and uncondemned? | Ὡς δὲ προέτεινεν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν, εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν ἑστῶτα ἑκατόνταρχον ὁ Παῦλος, Εἰ ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν μαστίζειν; |
|
26
|
26
|
| And when the centurion heard it, he went and told the chief captain, saying, Take heed what thou art about to do: for this man is a Roman. | Ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος, προσελθὼν ἀπήγγειλεν τῷ χιλιάρχῳ λέγων, Ὅρα τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν· ὁ γὰρ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν. |
|
27
|
27
|
| And the chief captain came and said unto him, Tell me, art thou a Roman? And he said, Yea. | Προσελθὼν δὲ ὁ χιλίαρχος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Λέγε μοι, εἰ σὺ Ῥωμαῖος εἶ; Ὁ δὲ ἔφη, Ναί. |
|
28
|
28
|
| And the chief captain answered, With a great sum obtained I this citizenship. And Paul said, But I am a Roman born. | Ἀπεκρίθη τε ὁ χιλίαρχος, Ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν πολιτείαν ταύτην ἐκτησάμην. Ὁ δὲ Παῦλος ἔφη, Ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ γεγέννημαι. |
|
29
|
29
|
| They then that were about to examine him straightaway departed from him: and the chief captain also was afraid when he knew that he was a Roman, and because he had bound him. | Εὐθέως οὖν ἀπέστησαν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ οἱ μέλλοντες αὐτὸν ἀνετάζειν. Καὶ ὁ χιλίαρχος δὲ ἐφοβήθη, ἐπιγνοὺς ὅτι Ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν, καὶ ὅτι ἦν αὐτὸν δεδεκώς. |
|
30
|
30
|
| But on the morrow, desiring to know the certainty wherefore he was accused of the Jews, he loosed him from his bonds, and commanded the chief priests and all their council to come, and brought Paul down and set him before them. | Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον βουλόμενος γνῶναι τὸ ἀσφαλές, τὸ τί κατηγορεῖται παρὰ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἔλυσεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν δεσμῶν, καὶ ἐκέλευσεν ἐλθεῖν τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ ὅλον τὸ συνέδριον αὐτῶν, καὶ καταγαγὼν τὸν Παῦλον ἔστησεν εἰς αὐτούς. |
|
Chapter 23
|
Κεφάλαιο 23
|
|
1
|
1
|
| And Paul, looking steadfastly on the council, said, Brethren, I have lived before God in all good conscience until this day. | Ἀτενίσας δὲ ὁ Παῦλος τῷ συνεδρίῳ εἶπεν, Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι τῷ θεῷ ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας. |
|
2
|
2
|
| And the high priest Ananias commanded them that stood by him to smite him on the mouth. | Ὁ δὲ ἀρχιερεὺς Ἀνανίας ἐπέταξεν τοῖς παρεστῶσιν αὐτῷ τύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ στόμα. |
|
3
|
3
|
| Then said Paul unto him, God shall smite thee, thou whited wall: and sittest thou to judge me according to the law, and commandest me to be smitten contrary to the law? | Τότε ὁ Παῦλος πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶπεν, Τύπτειν σε μέλλει ὁ θεός, τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε· καὶ σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων με κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ παρανομῶν κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι; |
|
4
|
4
|
| And they that stood by said, Revilest thou God’s high priest? | Οἱ δὲ παρεστῶτες εἶπον, Τὸν ἀρχιερέα τοῦ θεοῦ λοιδορεῖς; |
|
5
|
5
|
| And Paul said, I knew not, brethren, that he was high priest: for it is written, Thou shalt not speak evil of a ruler of thy people. | Ἔφη τε ὁ Παῦλος, Οὐκ ᾔδειν, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀρχιερεύς· γέγραπται γάρ, Ἄρχοντα τοῦ λαοῦ σου οὐκ ἐρεῖς κακῶς. |
|
6
|
6
|
| But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees and the other Pharisees, he cried out in the council, Brethren, I am a Pharisee, the son of a Pharisee: touching the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question. | Γνοὺς δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ὅτι τὸ ἓν μέρος ἐστὶν Σαδδουκαίων, τὸ δὲ ἕτερον Φαρισαίων, ἔκραξεν ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ, Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ Φαρισαῖός εἰμι, υἱὸς Φαρισαίου· περὶ ἐλπίδος καὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν ἐγὼ κρίνομαι. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And when he had so said, there arose a dissension between the Pharisees and Sadducees; and the assembly was divided. | Τοῦτο δὲ αὐτοῦ λαλήσαντος, ἐγένετο στάσις τῶν Φαρισαίων, καὶ ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος. |
|
8
|
8
|
| For the Sadducees say that there is no resurrection, neither angel, nor spirit; but the Pharisees confess both. | Σαδδουκαῖοι μὲν γὰρ λέγουσιν μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν, μηδὲ ἄγγελον, μήτε πνεῦμα· Φαρισαῖοι δὲ ὁμολογοῦσιν τὰ ἀμφότερα. |
|
9
|
9
|
| And there arose a great clamor: and the scribes of the Pharisees’ part stood up, and strove, saying, We find no evil in this man: and if a spirit hath spoken to him, or an angel, let us not fight against God. | Ἐγένετο δὲ κραυγὴ μεγάλη· καὶ ἀναστάντες οἱ γραμματεῖς τοῦ μέρους τῶν Φαρισαίων διεμάχοντο λέγοντες, Οὐδὲν κακὸν εὑρίσκομεν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ· εἰ δὲ πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ ἢ ἄγγελος, μὴ θεομαχῶμεν. |
|
10
|
10
|
| And when there arose a great dissension, the chief captain, fearing lest Paul should be torn in pieces by them, commanded the soldiers to go down and take him by force from among them, and bring him into the castle. | Πολλῆς δὲ γενομένης στάσεως, εὐλαβηθεὶς ὁ χιλίαρχος μὴ διασπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ’ αὐτῶν, ἐκέλευσεν τὸ στράτευμα καταβῆναι καὶ ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν, ἄγειν τε εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν. |
|
11
|
11
|
| And the night following the Lord stood by him, and said, Be of good cheer, Paul: for as thou hast testified concerning me at Jerusalem, so must thou bear witness also at Rome. | Τῇ δὲ ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ ἐπιστὰς αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος εἶπεν, Θάρσει Παῦλε· ὡς γὰρ διεμαρτύρω τὰ περὶ ἐμοῦ εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, οὕτως σε δεῖ καὶ εἰς Ῥώμην μαρτυρῆσαι. |
|
12
|
12
|
| And when it was day, certain of the Jews banded together, and bound themselves under a curse, saying that they would neither eat nor drink till they had killed Paul. | Γενομένης δὲ ἡμέρας, ποιήσαντές τινες τῶν Ἰουδαίων συστροφήν, ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτούς, λέγοντες μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωσιν τὸν Παῦλον. |
|
13
|
13
|
| And they were more than forty that had made this conspiracy. | Ἦσαν δὲ πλείους τεσσαράκοντα οἱ ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν πεποιηκότες· |
|
14
|
14
|
| And they came to the chief priests and the elders, and said, We have bound ourselves under a great curse, to taste nothing until we have killed Paul. | οἵτινες προσελθόντες τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις εἶπον, Ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτούς, μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωμεν τὸν Παῦλον. |
|
15
|
15
|
| Now therefore do ye with the council signify to the chief captain that he bring him down unto you tomorrow, as though ye would judge of his case more exactly: and we, before he comes near, are ready to slay him. | Νῦν οὖν ὑμεῖς ἐμφανίσατε τῷ χιλιάρχῳ σὺν τῷ συνεδρίῳ, ὅπως αὔριον αὐτὸν καταγάγῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ὡς μέλλοντας διαγινώσκειν ἀκριβέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ· ἡμεῖς δέ, πρὸ τοῦ ἐγγίσαι αὐτόν, ἕτοιμοί ἐσμεν τοῦ ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν. |
|
16
|
16
|
| But Paul’s sister’s son heard of their lying in wait, and he came and entered into the castle and told Paul. | Ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου τὸ ἔνεδρον, παραγενόμενος καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν, ἀπήγγειλεν τῷ Παύλῳ. |
|
17
|
17
|
| And Paul called unto him one of the centurions, and said, Bring this young man unto the chief captain; for he hath something to tell him. | Προσκαλεσάμενος δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἕνα τῶν ἑκατοντάρχων ἔφη, Τὸν νεανίαν τοῦτον ἀπάγαγε πρὸς τὸν χιλίαρχον· ἔχει γάρ τι ἀπαγγεῖλαι αὐτῷ. |
|
18
|
18
|
| So he took him, and brought him to the chief captain, and saith, Paul the prisoner called me unto him, and asked me to bring this young man unto thee, who hath something to say to thee. | Ὁ μὲν οὖν παραλαβὼν αὐτὸν ἤγαγεν πρὸς τὸν χιλίαρχον, καί φησιν, Ὁ δέσμιος Παῦλος προσκαλεσάμενός με ἠρώτησεν τοῦτον τὸν νεανίαν ἀγαγεῖν πρός σε, ἔχοντά τι λαλῆσαί σοι. |
|
19
|
19
|
| And the chief captain took him by the hand, and going aside asked him privately, What is it that thou hast to tell me? | Ἐπιλαβόμενος δὲ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ χιλίαρχος, καὶ ἀναχωρήσας κατ’ ἰδίαν ἐπυνθάνετο, Τί ἐστιν ὃ ἔχεις ἀπαγγεῖλαί μοι; |
|
20
|
20
|
| And he said, The Jews have agreed to ask thee to bring down Paul tomorrow unto the council, as though they would inquire somewhat more exactly concerning him. | Εἶπεν δὲ ὅτι Οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέθεντο τοῦ ἐρωτῆσαί σε, ὅπως αὔριον εἰς τὸ συνέδριον καταγάγῃς τὸν Παῦλον, ὡς μέλλοντά τι ἀκριβέστερον πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ. |
|
21
|
21
|
| Do not thou therefore yield unto them: for there lie in wait for him of them more than forty men, who have bound themselves under a curse, neither to eat nor to drink till they have slain him: and now are they ready, looking for the promise from thee. | Σὺ οὖν μὴ πεισθῇς αὐτοῖς· ἐνεδρεύουσιν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄνδρες πλείους τεσσαράκοντα, οἵτινες ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν ἕως οὗ ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν· καὶ νῦν ἕτοιμοί εἰσιν προσδεχόμενοι τὴν ἀπὸ σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν. |
|
22
|
22
|
| So the chief captain let the young man go, charging him, Tell no man that thou hast signified these things to me. | Ὁ μὲν οὖν χιλίαρχος ἀπέλυσεν τὸν νεανίαν, παραγγείλας Μηδενὶ ἐκλαλῆσαι ὅτι ταῦτα ἐνεφάνισας πρός με. |
|
23
|
23
|
| And he called unto him certain two of the centurions, and said, Make ready two hundred soldiers to go as far as Caesarea, and horsemen threescore and ten, and spearmen two hundred, at the third hour of the night: | Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος δύο τινὰς τῶν ἑκατοντάρχων εἶπεν, Ἑτοιμάσατε στρατιώτας διακοσίους ὅπως πορευθῶσιν ἕως Καισαρείας, καὶ ἱππεῖς ἑβδομήκοντα, καὶ δεξιολάβους διακοσίους, ἀπὸ τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός· |
|
24
|
24
|
| and he bade them provide beasts, that they might set Paul thereon, and bring him safe unto Felix the governor. | κτήνη τε παραστῆσαι, ἵνα ἐπιβιβάσαντες τὸν Παῦλον διασώσωσιν πρὸς Φήλικα τὸν ἡγεμόνα· |
|
25
|
25
|
| And he wrote a letter after this form: | γράψας ἐπιστολὴν περιέχουσαν τὸν τύπον τοῦτον· |
|
26
|
26
|
| Claudius Lysias unto the most excellent governor Felix, greeting. | Κλαύδιος Λυσίας τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι χαίρειν. |
|
27
|
27
|
| This man was seized by the Jews, and was about to be slain of them, when I came upon them with the soldiers and rescued him, having learned that he was a Roman. | Τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον συλληφθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, καὶ μέλλοντα ἀναιρεῖσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτῶν, ἐπιστὰς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι ἐξειλόμην αὐτόν, μαθὼν ὅτι Ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν. |
|
28
|
28
|
| And desiring to know the cause wherefore they accused him, I brought him down unto their council: | Βουλόμενος δὲ γνῶναι τὴν αἰτίαν δι’ ἣν ἐνεκάλουν αὐτῷ, κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ συνέδριον αὐτῶν· |
|
29
|
29
|
| whom I found to be accused about questions of their law, though he had nothing laid to his charge worthy of death or of bonds. | ὃν εὗρον ἐγκαλούμενον περὶ ζητημάτων τοῦ νόμου αὐτῶν, μηδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν ἔγκλημα ἔχοντα. |
|
30
|
30
|
| And when it was shown to me that a plot was about to be executed against the man by the Jews, I sent him to thee forthwith, charging his accusers also to speak what they had against him before thee. Farewell. | Μηνυθείσης δέ μοι ἐπιβουλῆς εἰς τὸν ἄνδρα μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐξαυτῆς ἔπεμψα πρός σε, παραγγείλας καὶ τοῖς κατηγόροις λέγειν τὰ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐπὶ σοῦ. Ἔρρωσο. |
|
31
|
31
|
| So the soldiers, as it was commanded them, took Paul and brought him by night to Antipatris. | Οἱ μὲν οὖν στρατιῶται, κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον αὐτοῖς, ἀναλαβόντες τὸν Παῦλον, ἤγαγον διὰ τῆς νυκτὸς εἰς τὴν Ἀντιπατρίδα. |
|
32
|
32
|
| But on the morrow they left the horsemen to go with him, and returned to the castle: | Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον ἐάσαντες τοὺς ἱππεῖς πορεύεσθαι σὺν αὐτῷ, ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν· |
|
33
|
33
|
| and they, when they came to Caesarea and delivered the letter to the governor, presented Paul also before him. | οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν Καισάρειαν, καὶ ἀναδόντες τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τῷ ἡγεμόνι, παρέστησαν καὶ τὸν Παῦλον αὐτῷ. |
|
34
|
34
|
| And when the governor had read it, he asked of what province he was; and when he understood that he was of Cilicia, | Ἀναγνοὺς δὲ ὁ ἡγεμών, καὶ ἐπερωτήσας ἐκ ποίας ἐπαρχίας ἐστίν, καὶ πυθόμενος ὅτι ἀπὸ Κιλικίας, |
|
35
|
35
|
| I will hear thee fully, said he, when thine accusers also are come: and he commanded him to be kept in Herod’s palace. | Διακούσομαί σου, ἔφη, ὅταν καὶ οἱ κατήγοροί σου παραγένωνται. Ἐκέλευσέν τε αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ πραιτωρίῳ Ἡρῴδου φυλάσσεσθαι. |
|
Chapter 24
|
Κεφάλαιο 24
|
|
1
|
1
|
| And after five days the high priest Ananias came down with the elders, and with an orator, one Tertullus; and they informed the governor against Paul. | Μετὰ δὲ πέντε ἡμέρας κατέβη ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς Ἀνανίας μετὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ ῥήτορος Τερτύλλου τινός, οἵτινες ἐνεφάνισαν τῷ ἡγεμόνι κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου. |
|
2
|
2
|
| And when he was called, Tertullus began to accuse him, saying, Seeing that by thee we enjoy much peace, and that by thy providence worthy deeds are done for this nation, | Κληθέντος δὲ αὐτοῦ, ἤρξατο κατηγορεῖν ὁ Τέρτυλλος λέγων, Πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες διὰ σοῦ, καὶ κατορθωμάτων γινομένων τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ διὰ τῆς σῆς προνοίας, |
|
3
|
3
|
| we accept it in all ways and in all places, most excellent Felix, with all thankfulness. | πάντῃ τε καὶ πανταχοῦ ἀποδεχόμεθα, κράτιστε Φῆλιξ, μετὰ πάσης εὐχαριστίας. |
|
4
|
4
|
| But, that I be not further tedious unto thee, I entreat thee to hear us of thy clemency a few words. | Ἵνα δὲ μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖόν σε ἐγκόπτω, παρακαλῶ ἀκοῦσαί σε ἡμῶν συντόμως τῇ σῇ ἐπιεικείᾳ. |
|
5
|
5
|
| For we have found this man a pestilent fellow, and a mover of insurrection among all the Jews throughout the world, and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes: | Εὑρόντες γὰρ τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον λοιμόν, καὶ κινοῦντα στάσιν πᾶσιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην, πρωτοστάτην τε τῆς τῶν Ναζωραίων αἱρέσεως· |
|
6
|
6
|
| who moreover assayed to profane the temple: on whom also we laid hold: | ὃς καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ἐπείρασεν βεβηλῶσαι· ὃν καὶ ἐκρατήσαμεν· |
|
8
|
8
|
| from whom thou wilt be able, by examining him thyself, to take knowledge of all these things whereof we accuse him. | παρ’ οὗ δυνήσῃ, αὐτὸς ἀνακρίνας, περὶ πάντων τούτων ἐπιγνῶναι ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν αὐτοῦ. |
|
9
|
9
|
| And the Jews also joined in the charge, affirming that these things were so. | Συνεπέθεντο δὲ καὶ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, φάσκοντες ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν. |
|
10
|
10
|
| And when the governor had beckoned unto him to speak, Paul answered, Forasmuch as I know that thou hast been of many years a judge unto this nation, I do the more cheerfully make my defense: | Ἀπεκρίθη δὲ ὁ Παῦλος, νεύσαντος αὐτῷ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος λέγειν, Ἐκ πολλῶν ἐτῶν ὄντα σε κριτὴν τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ ἐπιστάμενος, εὐθυμότερον τὰ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἀπολογοῦμαι, |
|
11
|
11
|
| seeing that thou canst take knowledge that it is not more than twelve days since I went up to worship in Jerusalem: | δυναμένου σου γνῶναι ὅτι οὐ πλείους εἰσίν μοι ἡμέραι δεκαδύο, ἀφ’ ἧς ἀνέβην προσκυνήσων ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ· |
|
12
|
12
|
| and neither in the temple did they find me disputing with any man or stirring up a crowd, nor in the synagogues, nor in the city. | καὶ οὔτε ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ εὗρόν με πρός τινα διαλεγόμενον ἢ ἐπισύστασιν ποιοῦντα ὄχλου, οὔτε ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς, οὔτε κατὰ τὴν πόλιν. |
|
13
|
13
|
| Neither can they prove against me the things whereof they now accuse me. | Οὔτε παραστῆσαί με δύνανται περὶ ὧν νῦν κατηγοροῦσίν μου. |
|
14
|
14
|
| But this I confess unto thee, that after the Way which they call a sect, so serve I the God of our fathers, believing all things which are written throughout the law and in the prophets; | Ὁμολογῶ δὲ τοῦτό σοι, ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἣν λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν, οὕτως λατρεύω τῷ πατρῴῳ θεῷ, πιστεύων πᾶσιν τοῖς κατὰ τὸν νόμον καὶ τοῖς προφήταις γεγραμμένοις· |
|
15
|
15
|
| having hope toward God, which these also themselves look for, that there shall be a resurrection of the dead, both of the just and unjust. | ἐλπίδα ἔχων εἰς τὸν θεόν, ἣν καὶ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι προσδέχονται, ἀνάστασιν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι νεκρῶν, δικαίων τε καὶ ἀδίκων. |
|
16
|
16
|
| And herein do I exercise myself, having a conscience void of offense toward God and men always. | Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ αὐτὸς ἀσκῶ, ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν ἔχων πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους διὰ παντός. |
|
17
|
17
|
| Now after some years I came to bring alms to my nation, and offerings: | Δι’ ἐτῶν δὲ πλειόνων παρεγενόμην ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων εἰς τὸ ἔθνος μου καὶ προσφοράς· |
|
18
|
18
|
| amidst which certain Jews from Asia found me purified in the temple, with no crowd, nor yet with tumult, | ἐν οἷς εὗρόν με ἡγνισμένον ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, οὐ μετὰ ὄχλου οὐδὲ μετὰ θορύβου, τινὲς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας Ἰουδαῖοι· |
|
19
|
19
|
| who ought to be here before thee, and to make accusation, if they have aught against me. | οὓς δεῖ ἐπὶ σοῦ παρεῖναι καὶ κατηγορεῖν εἴ τι ἔχοιεν πρός με. |
|
20
|
20
|
| Or else let these men themselves say what wrongdoing they found in me when I stood before the council, | Ἢ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι εἰπάτωσαν, τί εὗρον ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀδίκημα, στάντος μου ἐπὶ τοῦ συνεδρίου, |
|
21
|
21
|
| except it be for this one voice, that I cried standing among them, Touching the resurrection of the dead I am called in question by you this day. | ἢ περὶ μιᾶς ταύτης φωνῆς, ἧς ἔκραξα ἑστὼς ἐν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι Περὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν ἐγὼ κρίνομαι σήμερον ὑφ’ ὑμῶν. |
|
22
|
22
|
| And when Felix heard these things, having more exact knowledge concerning the Way, he deferred them, saying, When Lysias the chief captain shall come down, I will determine your matter. | Ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Φῆλιξ ἀνεβάλετο αὐτούς, ἀκριβέστερον εἰδὼς τὰ περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ, εἰπών, Ὅταν Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος καταβῇ, διαγνώσομαι τὰ καθ’ ὑμᾶς· |
|
23
|
23
|
| And he gave order to the centurion that Paul should be kept in charge, and should have indulgence; and not to forbid any of his friends to minister or come unto him. | διαταξάμενός τε τῷ ἑκατοντάρχῃ τηρεῖσθαι τὸν Παῦλον, ἔχειν τε ἄνεσιν, καὶ μηδένα κωλύειν τῶν ἰδίων αὐτοῦ ὑπηρετεῖν ἢ προσέρχεσθαι αὐτῷ. |
|
24
|
24
|
| But after certain days, Felix came with Drusilla, his wife, who was a Jewess, and sent for Paul, and heard him concerning the faith in Christ. | Μετὰ δὲ ἡμέρας τινάς, παραγενόμενος ὁ Φῆλιξ σὺν Δρουσίλλῃ τῇ γυναικὶ οὔσῃ Ἰουδαίᾳ, μετεπέμψατο τὸν Παῦλον, καὶ ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ περὶ τῆς εἰς χριστὸν πίστεως. |
|
25
|
25
|
| And as he reasoned of righteousness, and self-control, and the judgment to come, Felix was terrified, and answered, Go thy way for this time; and when I have a convenient season, I will call thee unto me. | Διαλεγομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ περὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ ἐγκρατείας καὶ τοῦ κρίματος τοῦ μέλλοντος ἔσεσθαι, ἔμφοβος γενόμενος ὁ Φῆλιξ ἀπεκρίθη, Τὸ νῦν ἔχον πορεύου· καιρὸν δὲ μεταλαβὼν μετακαλέσομαί σε· |
|
26
|
26
|
| He hoped withal that money would be given him of Paul, that he might loose him: wherefore also he sent for him the oftener, and communed with him. | ἅμα καὶ ἐλπίζων ὅτι χρήματα δοθήσεται αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου, ὅπως λύσῃ αὐτόν· διὸ καὶ πυκνότερον αὐτὸν μεταπεμπόμενος ὡμίλει αὐτῷ. |
|
27
|
27
|
| But when two years were fulfilled, Felix was succeeded by Porcius Festus; and desiring to gain favor with the Jews, Felix left Paul in bonds. | Διετίας δὲ πληρωθείσης, ἔλαβεν διάδοχον ὁ Φῆλιξ Πόρκιον Φῆστον· θέλων τε χάριτας καταθέσθαι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ὁ Φῆλιξ κατέλιπεν τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον. |
|
Chapter 25
|
Κεφάλαιο 25
|
|
1
|
1
|
| Festus therefore, having come into the province, after three days went up to Jerusalem from Caesarea. | Φῆστος οὖν ἐπιβὰς τῇ ἐπαρχίᾳ, μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπὸ Καισαρείας. |
|
2
|
2
|
| And the high priest and the principal men of the Jews informed him against Paul; and they besought him, | Ἐνεφάνισαν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν Ἰουδαίων κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου, καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτόν, |
|
3
|
3
|
| asking a favor against him, that he would send for him to Jerusalem; laying a plot to kill him on the way. | αἰτούμενοι χάριν κατ’ αὐτοῦ, ὅπως μεταπέμψηται αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἐνέδραν ποιοῦντες ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν. |
|
4
|
4
|
| Howbeit Festus answered, that Paul was kept in charge in Caesarea, and that he himself was about to depart thither shortly. | Ὁ μὲν οὖν Φῆστος ἀπεκρίθη, τηρεῖσθαι τὸν Παῦλον ἐν Καισαρείᾳ, ἑαυτὸν δὲ μέλλειν ἐν τάχει ἐκπορεύεσθαι. |
|
5
|
5
|
| Let them therefore that are of power among you, saith he, go down with me, and if there is any wickedness in this man, let them accuse him. | Οἱ οὖν δυνατοὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, φησίν, συγκαταβάντες, εἴ τι ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ τούτῳ, κατηγορείτωσαν αὐτοῦ. |
|
6
|
6
|
| And when he had tarried among them more than ten days, he went down unto Caesarea; and on the morrow he sat on the judgment seat, and commanded Paul to be brought. | Διατρίψας δὲ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡμέρας πλείους ἢ δέκα, καταβὰς εἰς Καισάρειαν, τῇ ἐπαύριον καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἐκέλευσεν τὸν Παῦλον ἀχθῆναι. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And when he was come, the Jews that had come down from Jerusalem stood round about, bringing many and grievous charges against Paul, which they could not prove; | Παραγενομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ, περιέστησαν οἱ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων καταβεβηκότες Ἰουδαῖοι, πολλὰ καὶ βαρέα αἰτιώματα φέροντες κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου, ἃ οὐκ ἴσχυον ἀποδεῖξαι, |
|
8
|
8
|
| while he said in his defense, Neither against the law of the Jews, nor against the temple, nor against Caesar, have I sinned at all. | ἀπολογουμένου αὐτοῦ ὅτι Οὔτε εἰς τὸν νόμον τῶν Ἰουδαίων, οὔτε εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, οὔτε εἰς Καίσαρά τι ἥμαρτον. |
|
9
|
9
|
| But Festus, desiring to gain favor with the Jews, answered Paul and said, Wilt thou go up to Jerusalem, and there be judged of these things before me? | Ὁ Φῆστος δὲ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις θέλων χάριν καταθέσθαι, ἀποκριθεὶς τῷ Παύλῳ εἶπεν, Θέλεις εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀναβάς, ἐκεῖ περὶ τούτων κρίνεσθαι ἐπ’ ἐμοῦ; |
|
10
|
10
|
| But Paul said, I am standing before Caesar’s judgment seat, where I ought to be judged: to the Jews have I done no wrong, as thou also very well knowest. | Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Παῦλος, Ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρος ἑστώς εἰμι, οὗ με δεῖ κρίνεσθαι· Ἰουδαίους οὐδὲν ἠδίκησα, ὡς καὶ σὺ κάλλιον ἐπιγινώσκεις. |
|
11
|
11
|
| For if I am a wrongdoer, and have committed anything worthy of death, I refuse not to die; but if none of those things is true whereof these accuse me, no man can give me up unto them. I appeal unto Caesar. | Εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἀδικῶ καὶ ἄξιον θανάτου πέπραχά τι, οὐ παραιτοῦμαι τὸ ἀποθανεῖν· εἰ δὲ οὐδέν ἐστιν ὧν οὗτοι κατηγοροῦσίν μου, οὐδείς με δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι. Καίσαρα ἐπικαλοῦμαι. |
|
12
|
12
|
| Then Festus, when he had conferred with the council, answered, Thou hast appealed unto Caesar: unto Caesar shalt thou go. | Τότε ὁ Φῆστος συλλαλήσας μετὰ τοῦ συμβουλίου ἀπεκρίθη, Καίσαρα ἐπικέκλησαι; Ἐπὶ Καίσαρα πορεύσῃ. |
|
13
|
13
|
| Now when certain days were passed, Agrippa the king and Bernice arrived at Caesarea to salute Festus. | Ἡμερῶν δὲ διαγενομένων τινῶν, Ἀγρίππας ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ Βερνίκη κατήντησαν εἰς Καισάρειαν, ἀσπασάμενοι τὸν Φῆστον. |
|
14
|
14
|
| And as he tarried there many days, Festus laid Paul’s case before the king, saying, There is a certain man left a prisoner by Felix; | Ὡς δὲ πλείους ἡμέρας διέτριβεν ἐκεῖ, ὁ Φῆστος τῷ βασιλεῖ ἀνέθετο τὰ κατὰ τὸν Παῦλον, λέγων, Ἀνήρ τίς ἐστιν καταλελειμμένος ὑπὸ Φήλικος δέσμιος, |
|
15
|
15
|
| about whom, when I was at Jerusalem, the chief priests and the elders of the Jews informed me, asking for judgment against him. | περὶ οὗ, γενομένου μου εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, ἐνεφάνισαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τῶν Ἰουδαίων, αἰτούμενοι κατ’ αὐτοῦ δίκην. |
|
16
|
16
|
| To whom I answered, that it is not the custom of the Romans to give up any man to destruction, before that the accused have the accusers face to face, and have had opportunity to make his defense concerning the matter laid against him. | Πρὸς οὓς ἀπεκρίθην, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἔθος Ῥωμαίοις χαρίζεσθαί τινα ἄνθρωπον εἰς ἀπώλειαν, πρὶν ἢ ὁ κατηγορούμενος κατὰ πρόσωπον ἔχοι τοὺς κατηγόρους, τόπον τε ἀπολογίας λάβοι περὶ τοῦ ἐγκλήματος. |
|
17
|
17
|
| When therefore they were come together here, I made no delay, but on the next day sat on the judgment seat, and commanded the man to be brought. | Συνελθόντων οὖν αὐτῶν ἐνθάδε, ἀναβολὴν μηδεμίαν ποιησάμενος, τῇ ἑξῆς καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος, ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα· |
|
18
|
18
|
| Concerning whom, when the accusers stood up, they brought against him no charge of such things as I supposed; | περὶ οὗ σταθέντες οἱ κατήγοροι οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν ἐπέφερον ὧν ὑπενόουν ἐγώ, |
|
19
|
19
|
| but had certain questions against him of their own religion, and of one Jesus, who was dead, whom Paul affirmed to be alive. | ζητήματα δέ τινα περὶ τῆς ἰδίας δεισιδαιμονίας εἶχον πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ περί τινος Ἰησοῦ τεθνηκότος, ὃν ἔφασκεν ὁ Παῦλος ζῇν. |
|
20
|
20
|
| And I, being perplexed how to inquire concerning this, asked whether he would go to Jerusalem and there be judged of these matters. | Ἀπορούμενος δὲ ἐγὼ τὴν περὶ τούτου ζήτησιν, ἔλεγον, εἰ βούλοιτο πορεύεσθαι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, κἀκεῖ κρίνεσθαι περὶ τούτων. |
|
21
|
21
|
| But when Paul had appealed to be kept for the decision of the emperor, I commanded him to be kept till I should send him to Caesar. | Τοῦ δὲ Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν, ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι αὐτόν, ἕως οὗ πέμψω αὐτὸν πρὸς Καίσαρα. |
|
22
|
22
|
| And Agrippa said unto Festus, I also could wish to hear the man myself. And he saith, Tomorrow thou shalt hear him. | Ἀγρίππας δὲ πρὸς τὸν Φῆστον ἔφη, Ἐβουλόμην καὶ αὐτὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀκοῦσαι. Ὁ δέ, Αὔριον, φησίν, ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ. |
|
23
|
23
|
| So on the morrow, when Agrippa was come, and Bernice, with great pomp, and they were entered into the place of hearing, with the chief captains also, and they that were the principal men of the city, at the command of Festus Paul was brought in. | Τῇ οὖν ἐπαύριον, ἐλθόντος τοῦ Ἀγρίππα καὶ τῆς Βερνίκης μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας, καὶ εἰσελθόντων εἰς τὸ ἀκροατήριον, σύν τε τοῖς χιλιάρχοις καὶ ἀνδράσιν τοῖς κατ’ ἐξοχὴν οὖσιν τῆς πόλεως, καὶ κελεύσαντος τοῦ Φήστου, ἤχθη ὁ Παῦλος. |
|
24
|
24
|
| And Festus saith, King Agrippa, and all men who are here present with us, ye behold this man, about whom all the multitude of the Jews made suit to me, both at Jerusalem and here, crying out that he ought not to live any longer. | Καί φησιν ὁ Φῆστος, Ἀγρίππα βασιλεῦ, καὶ πάντες οἱ συμπαρόντες ἡμῖν ἄνδρες, θεωρεῖτε τοῦτον περὶ οὗ πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐνέτυχόν μοι ἔν τε Ἱεροσολύμοις καὶ ἐνθάδε, ἐπιβοῶντες μὴ δεῖν ζῇν αὐτὸν μηκέτι. |
|
25
|
25
|
| But when I found that he had committed nothing worthy of death, and as even he himself appealed to the emperor I determined to send him. | Ἐγὼ δὲ καταλαβόμενος μηδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου αὐτὸν πεπραχέναι, καὶ αὐτοῦ δὲ τούτου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τὸν Σεβαστόν, ἔκρινα πέμπειν αὐτόν. |
|
26
|
26
|
| Of whom I have no certain thing to write unto my lord. Wherefore I have brought him forth before you, and especially before thee, king Agrippa, that, after examination had, I may have somewhat to write. | Περὶ οὗ ἀσφαλές τι γράψαι τῷ κυρίῳ οὐκ ἔχω. Διὸ προήγαγον αὐτὸν ἐφ’ ὑμῶν, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὶ σοῦ, βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, ὅπως τῆς ἀνακρίσεως γενομένης σχῶ τι γράψαι. |
|
27
|
27
|
| For it seemeth to me unreasonable, in sending a prisoner, not withal to signify the charges against him. | Ἄλογον γάρ μοι δοκεῖ, πέμποντα δέσμιον, μὴ καὶ τὰς κατ’ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας σημᾶναι. |
|
Chapter 26
|
Κεφάλαιο 26
|
|
1
|
1
|
| And Agrippa said unto Paul, Thou art permitted to speak for thyself. Then Paul stretched forth his hand, and made his defense: | Ἀγρίππας δὲ πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον ἔφη, Ἐπιτρέπεταί σοι ὑπὲρ σεαυτοῦ λέγειν. Τότε ὁ Παῦλος ἀπελογεῖτο, ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα, |
|
2
|
2
|
| I think myself happy, king Agrippa, that I am to make my defense before thee this day touching all the things whereof I am accused by the Jews: | Περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐγκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων, βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, ἥγημαι ἐμαυτὸν μακάριον ἐπὶ σοῦ μέλλων ἀπολογεῖσθαι σήμερον· |
|
3
|
3
|
| especially because thou art expert in all customs and questions which are among the Jews: wherefore I beseech thee to hear me patiently. | μάλιστα γνώστην ὄντα σὲ πάντων τῶν κατὰ Ἰουδαίους ἠθῶν τε καὶ ζητημάτων· διὸ δέομαί σου, μακροθύμως ἀκοῦσαί μου. |
|
4
|
4
|
| My manner of life then from my youth up, which was from the beginning among mine own nation in Jerusalem, know all the Jews; | Τὴν μὲν οὖν βίωσίν μου τὴν ἐκ νεότητος, τὴν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς γενομένην ἐν τῷ ἔθνει μου ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις, ἴσασιν πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, |
|
5
|
5
|
| having knowledge of me from the first, if they be willing to testify, that after the straitest sect of our religion I lived a Pharisee. | προγινώσκοντές με ἄνωθεν, ἐὰν θέλωσιν μαρτυρεῖν, ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αἵρεσιν τῆς ἡμετέρας θρησκείας ἔζησα Φαρισαῖος. |
|
6
|
6
|
| And now I stand here to be judged for the hope of the promise made of God unto the fathers; | Καὶ νῦν ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἐπαγγελίας γενομένης ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἕστηκα κρινόμενος, |
|
7
|
7
|
| unto which promise our twelve tribes, earnestly serving God night and day, hope to attain. And concerning this hope I am accused, King Agrippa, by the Jews. | εἰς ἣν τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν λατρεῦον ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι· περὶ ἧς ἐλπίδος ἐγκαλοῦμαι, βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων. |
|
8
|
8
|
| Why is it judged incredible with you, if God doth raise the dead? | Τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ’ ὑμῖν, εἰ ὁ θεὸς νεκροὺς ἐγείρει; |
|
9
|
9
|
| I verily thought with myself that I ought to do many things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth. | Ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα ἐμαυτῷ πρὸς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου δεῖν πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι· |
|
10
|
10
|
| And this I also did in Jerusalem: and I shut up many of the saints in prisons, having received authority from the chief priests, and when they were put to death I gave my vote against them. | ὃ καὶ ἐποίησα ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις, καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν ἁγίων ἐγὼ φυλακαῖς κατέκλεισα, τὴν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων ἐξουσίαν λαβών, ἀναιρουμένων τε αὐτῶν κατήνεγκα ψῆφον. |
|
11
|
11
|
| And punishing them oftentimes in all the synagogues, I strove to make them blaspheme; and being exceedingly mad against them, I persecuted them even unto foreign cities. | Καὶ κατὰ πάσας τὰς συναγωγὰς πολλάκις τιμωρῶν αὐτούς, ἠνάγκαζον βλασφημεῖν· περισσῶς τε ἐμμαινόμενος αὐτοῖς, ἐδίωκον ἕως καὶ εἰς τὰς ἔξω πόλεις. |
|
12
|
12
|
| Whereupon also, as I journeyed to Damascus with authority and commission from the chief priests, | Ἐν οἷς καὶ πορευόμενος εἰς τὴν Δαμασκὸν μετ’ ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς τῆς παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων, |
|
13
|
13
|
| at midday, O king, I saw on the way a light from heaven, above the brightness of the sun, shining round about me and them that journeyed with me. | ἡμέρας μέσης, κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν εἶδον, βασιλεῦ, οὐρανόθεν ὑπὲρ τὴν λαμπρότητα τοῦ ἡλίου, περιλάμψαν με φῶς καὶ τοὺς σὺν ἐμοὶ πορευομένους. |
|
14
|
14
|
| And when we were all fallen to the earth, I heard a voice speaking unto me, and saying in the Hebrew language, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? it is hard for thee to kick against the goad. | Πάντων δὲ καταπεσόντων ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν γῆν, ἤκουσα φωνὴν λαλοῦσαν πρός με καὶ λέγουσαν τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ, Σαούλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις; Σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν. |
|
15
|
15
|
| And I said, Who art thou, Lord? And he said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest. | Ἐγὼ δὲ εἶπον, Τίς εἶ, κύριε; Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Ἐγώ εἰμι Ἰησοῦς ὃν σὺ διώκεις. |
|
16
|
16
|
| But arise, and stand upon thy feet: for to this end have I appeared unto thee, to appoint thee a minister and a witness both of the things which thou hast seen, and of the things wherein I will appear unto thee; | Ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι, καὶ στῆθι ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας σου· εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ ὤφθην σοι, προχειρίσασθαί σε ὑπηρέτην καὶ μάρτυρα ὧν τε εἶδες ὧν τε ὀφθήσομαί σοι, |
|
17
|
17
|
| delivering thee from the people, and the Gentiles, unto whom I send thee, | ἐξαιρούμενός σε ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν, εἰς οὓς ἐγώ σε ἀποστέλλω, |
|
18
|
18
|
| to open their eyes, that they may turn away from darkness to light and from the power of Satan unto God, that they may receive remission of sins and an inheritance among them that are sanctified by faith in me. | ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν, τοῦ ὑποστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ Σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν, καὶ κλῆρον ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πίστει τῇ εἰς ἐμέ. |
|
19
|
19
|
| Wherefore, O king Agrippa, I was not disobedient unto the heavenly vision: | Ὅθεν, βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, οὐκ ἐγενόμην ἀπειθὴς τῇ οὐρανίῳ ὀπτασίᾳ, |
|
20
|
20
|
| but have been declaring to them of Damascus first, and at Jerusalem, and to all the country of Judea, and also to the Gentiles, that they should repent and turn to God, doing works worthy of repentance. | ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἐν Δαμασκῷ πρῶτον καὶ Ἱεροσολύμοις, εἰς πᾶσάν τε τὴν χώραν τῆς Ἰουδαίας, καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ἀπαγγέλλων μετανοεῖν, καὶ ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα πράσσοντας. |
|
21
|
21
|
| For this cause the Jews seized me in the temple, and assayed to kill me. | Ἕνεκα τούτων οἱ Ἰουδαῖοί με συλλαβόμενοι ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἐπειρῶντο διαχειρίσασθαι. |
|
22
|
22
|
| Having therefore obtained the help that is from God, I stand unto this day testifying both to small and great, saying nothing but what the prophets and Moses did say should come; | Ἐπικουρίας οὖν τυχὼν τῆς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης ἕστηκα μαρτυρόμενος μικρῷ τε καὶ μεγάλῳ, οὐδὲν ἐκτὸς λέγων ὧν τε οἱ προφῆται ἐλάλησαν μελλόντων γίνεσθαι καὶ Μωϋσῆς, |
|
23
|
23
|
| how that the Christ must suffer, and how that he first by the resurrection of the dead should proclaim light to the people and to the Gentiles. | εἰ παθητὸς ὁ χριστός, εἰ πρῶτος ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν φῶς μέλλει καταγγέλλειν τῷ λαῷ καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. |
|
24
|
24
|
| And as he thus made his defense, Festus said with a loud voice, Paul, thou art mad; thy much learning is turning thee mad. | Ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀπολογουμένου, ὁ Φῆστος μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ ἔφη, Μαίνῃ, Παῦλε· τὰ πολλά σε γράμματα εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει. |
|
25
|
25
|
| But he saith, I am not mad, most excellent Festus; but speak forth words of truth and soberness. | Ὁ δέ, Οὐ μαίνομαι, φησίν, κράτιστε Φῆστε, ἀλλὰ ἀληθείας καὶ σωφροσύνης ῥήματα ἀποφθέγγομαι. |
|
26
|
26
|
| For the king knoweth of these things, unto whom also I speak freely: for I am persuaded that none of these things is hidden from him; for this hath not been done in a corner. | Ἐπίσταται γὰρ περὶ τούτων ὁ βασιλεύς, πρὸς ὃν καὶ παρρησιαζόμενος λαλῶ· λανθάνειν γὰρ αὐτόν τι τούτων οὐ πείθομαι οὐδέν· οὐ γὰρ ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο. |
|
27
|
27
|
| King Agrippa, believest thou the prophets? I know that thou believest. | Πιστεύεις, βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, τοῖς προφήταις; Οἶδα ὅτι πιστεύεις. |
|
28
|
28
|
| And Agrippa said unto Paul, In a little time thou persuadest me to become a Christian! | Ὁ δὲ Ἀγρίππας πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον ἔφη, Ἐν ὀλίγῳ με πείθεις Χριστιανὸν γενέσθαι. |
|
29
|
29
|
| And Paul said, I would to God, that whether in a little time or in much, not thou only, but also all that hear me this day, might become such as I am, except these bonds. | Ὁ δὲ Παῦλος εἶπεν, Εὐξαίμην ἂν τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐν ὀλίγῳ καὶ ἐν πολλῷ οὐ μόνον σε, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντάς μου σήμερον, γενέσθαι τοιούτους ὁποῖος κἀγώ εἰμι, παρεκτὸς τῶν δεσμῶν τούτων. |
|
30
|
30
|
| And when he had spoken these things, the king rose up, and the governor, and Bernice, and they that sat with them: | Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ, ἀνέστη ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών, ἥ τε Βερνίκη, καὶ οἱ συγκαθήμενοι αὐτοῖς· |
|
31
|
31
|
| and when they had withdrawn, they spake one to another, saying, This man doeth nothing worthy of death or of bonds. | καὶ ἀναχωρήσαντες ἐλάλουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, λέγοντες ὅτι Οὐδὲν θανάτου ἄξιον ἢ δεσμῶν πράσσει ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος. |
|
32
|
32
|
| And Agrippa said unto Festus, This man might have been set at liberty, if he had not appealed unto Caesar. | Ἀγρίππας δὲ τῷ Φήστῳ ἔφη, Ἀπολελύσθαι ἐδύνατο ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, εἰ μὴ ἐπεκέκλητο Καίσαρα. |
|
Chapter 27
|
Κεφάλαιο 27
|
|
1
|
1
|
| And when it was determined that we should sail for Italy, they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners to a centurion named Julius, of the Augustan band. | Ὡς δὲ ἐκρίθη τοῦ ἀποπλεῖν ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν, παρεδίδουν τόν τε Παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας ἑκατοντάρχῃ, ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ, σπείρης Σεβαστῆς. |
|
2
|
2
|
| And embarking in a ship of Adramyttium, we, being about to sail by the places on the coast of Asia, put to sea, Aristarchus, a Macedonian of Thessalonica, being with us. | Ἐπιβάντες δὲ πλοίῳ Ἀδραμυττηνῷ, μέλλοντες πλεῖν τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν τόπους, ἀνήχθημεν, ὄντος σὺν ἡμῖν Ἀριστάρχου Μακεδόνος Θεσσαλονικέως. |
|
3
|
3
|
| And the next day we touched at Sidon: and Julius treated Paul kindly, and gave him leave to go unto his friends and refresh himself. | Τῇ τε ἑτέρᾳ κατήχθημεν εἰς Σιδῶνα· φιλανθρώπως τε ὁ Ἰούλιος τῷ Παύλῳ χρησάμενος ἐπέτρεψεν πρὸς τοὺς φίλους πορευθέντα ἐπιμελείας τυχεῖν. |
|
4
|
4
|
| And putting to sea from thence, we sailed under the lee of Cyprus, because the winds were contrary. | Κἀκεῖθεν ἀναχθέντες ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κύπρον, διὰ τὸ τοὺς ἀνέμους εἶναι ἐναντίους. |
|
5
|
5
|
| And when we had sailed across the sea which is off Cilicia and Pamphylia, we came to Myra, a city of Lycia. | Τό τε πέλαγος τὸ κατὰ τὴν Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν διαπλεύσαντες, κατήλθομεν εἰς Μύρα τῆς Λυκίας. |
|
6
|
6
|
| And there the centurion found a ship of Alexandria sailing for Italy; and he put us therein. | Κἀκεῖ εὑρὼν ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος πλοῖον Ἀλεξανδρῖνον πλέον εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν, ἐνεβίβασεν ἡμᾶς εἰς αὐτό. |
|
7
|
7
|
| And when we had sailed slowly many days, and were come with difficulty over against Cnidus, the wind not further suffering us, we sailed under the lee of Crete, over against Salmone; | Ἐν ἱκαναῖς δὲ ἡμέραις βραδυπλοοῦντες, καὶ μόλις γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον, μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀνέμου, ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην κατὰ Σαλμώνην· |
|
8
|
8
|
| and with difficulty coasting along it we came unto a certain place called Fair Havens; nigh whereunto was the city of Lasea. | μόλις τε παραλεγόμενοι αὐτὴν ἤλθομεν εἰς τόπον τινὰ καλούμενον Καλοὺς Λιμένας, ᾧ ἐγγὺς ἦν πόλις Λασαία. |
|
9
|
9
|
| And when much time was spent, and the voyage was now dangerous, because the Fast was now already gone by, Paul admonished them, | Ἱκανοῦ δὲ χρόνου διαγενομένου, καὶ ὄντος ἤδη ἐπισφαλοῦς τοῦ πλοός, διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν νηστείαν ἤδη παρεληλυθέναι, παρῄνει ὁ Παῦλος |
|
10
|
10
|
| and said unto them, Sirs, I perceive that the voyage will be with injury and much loss, not only of the lading and the ship, but also of our lives. | λέγων αὐτοῖς, Ἄνδρες, θεωρῶ ὅτι μετὰ ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας, οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν, μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι τὸν πλοῦν. |
|
11
|
11
|
| But the centurion gave more heed to the master and to the owner of the ship, than to those things which were spoken by Paul. | Ὁ δὲ ἑκατοντάρχης τῷ κυβερνήτῃ καὶ τῷ ναυκλήρῳ ἐπείθετο μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου λεγομένοις. |
|
12
|
12
|
| And because the haven was not commodious to winter in, the more part advised to put to sea from thence also, if by any means they could reach Phoenix, and winter there; which is a haven of Crete, looking northeast and southeast. | Ἀνευθέτου δὲ τοῦ λιμένος ὑπάρχοντος πρὸς παραχειμασίαν, οἱ πλείους ἔθεντο βουλὴν ἀναχθῆναι κἀκεῖθεν, εἴ πως δύναιντο καταντήσαντες εἰς Φοίνικα παραχειμάσαι, λιμένα τῆς Κρήτης βλέποντα κατὰ λίβα καὶ κατὰ χῶρον. |
|
13
|
13
|
| And when the south wind blew softly, supposing that they had obtained their purpose, they weighed anchor and sailed along Crete, close in shore. | Ὑποπνεύσαντος δὲ νότου, δόξαντες τῆς προθέσεως κεκρατηκέναι, ἄραντες ἆσσον παρελέγοντο τὴν Κρήτην. |
|
14
|
14
|
| But after no long time there beat down from it a tempestuous wind, which is called Euroclydon: | Μετ’ οὐ πολὺ δὲ ἔβαλεν κατ’ αὐτῆς ἄνεμος τυφωνικός, ὁ καλούμενος Εὐροκλύδων· |
|
15
|
15
|
| and when the ship was caught, and could not face the wind, we gave way to it, and were driven. | συναρπασθέντος δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ, ἐπιδόντες ἐφερόμεθα. |
|
16
|
16
|
| And running under the lee of a small island called Clauda, we were able, with difficulty, to secure the boat: | Νησίον δέ τι ὑποδραμόντες καλούμενον Κλαύδην μόλις ἰσχύσαμεν περικρατεῖς γενέσθαι τῆς σκάφης· |
|
17
|
17
|
| and when they had hoisted it up, they used helps, undergirding the ship; and, fearing lest they should be cast upon the Syrtes, they lowered the gear, and so were driven. | ἣν ἄραντες, βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο, ὑποζωννύντες τὸ πλοῖον· φοβούμενοί τε μὴ εἰς τὴν Σύρτην ἐκπέσωσιν, χαλάσαντες τὸ σκεῦος, οὕτως ἐφέροντο. |
|
18
|
18
|
| And as we labored exceedingly with the storm, the next day they began to throw the freight overboard; | Σφοδρῶς δὲ χειμαζομένων ἡμῶν, τῇ ἑξῆς ἐκβολὴν ἐποιοῦντο· |
|
19
|
19
|
| and the third day we cast out with our own hands the tackling of the ship. | καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ αὐτόχειρες τὴν σκευὴν τοῦ πλοίου ἐρρίψαμεν. |
|
20
|
20
|
| And when neither sun nor stars shone upon us for many days, and no small tempest lay on us, all hope that we should be saved was now taken away. | Μήτε δὲ ἡλίου μήτε ἄστρων ἐπιφαινόντων ἐπὶ πλείονας ἡμέρας, χειμῶνός τε οὐκ ὀλίγου ἐπικειμένου, λοιπὸν περιῃρεῖτο πᾶσα ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι ἡμᾶς. |
|
21
|
21
|
| Now when they had been long without food, then Paul stood forth in the midst of them, and said, Sirs, ye should have hearkened unto me, and not have set sail from Crete, and have gotten this injury and loss. | Πολλῆς δὲ ἀσιτίας ὑπαρχούσης, τότε σταθεὶς ὁ Παῦλος ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν εἶπεν, Ἔδει μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες, πειθαρχήσαντάς μοι μὴ ἀνάγεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς Κρήτης, κερδῆσαί τε τὴν ὕβριν ταύτην καὶ τὴν ζημίαν. |
|
22
|
22
|
| And now I exhort you to be of good cheer; for there shall be no loss of life among you, but only of the ship. | Καὶ τὰ νῦν παραινῶ ὑμᾶς εὐθυμεῖν· ἀποβολὴ γὰρ ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν, πλὴν τοῦ πλοίου. |
|
23
|
23
|
| For there stood by me this night an angel of the God whose I am, whom also I serve, | Παρέστη γάρ μοι ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ, οὗ εἰμι, ᾧ καὶ λατρεύω, |
|
24
|
24
|
| saying, Fear not, Paul; thou must stand before Caesar: and lo, God hath granted thee all them that sail with thee. | λέγων, Μὴ φοβοῦ, Παῦλε· Καίσαρί σε δεῖ παραστῆναι· καὶ ἰδού, κεχάρισταί σοι ὁ θεὸς πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετὰ σοῦ. |
|
25
|
25
|
| Wherefore, sirs, be of good cheer: for I believe God, that it shall be even so as it hath been spoken unto me. | Διὸ εὐθυμεῖτε ἄνδρες· πιστεύω γὰρ τῷ θεῷ ὅτι οὕτως ἔσται καθ’ ὃν τρόπον λελάληταί μοι. |
|
26
|
26
|
| But we must be cast upon a certain island. | Εἰς νῆσον δέ τινα δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἐκπεσεῖν. |
|
27
|
27
|
| But when the fourteenth night was come, as we were driven to and fro in the sea of Adria, about midnight the sailors surmised that they were drawing near to some country: | Ὡς δὲ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη νὺξ ἐγένετο, διαφερομένων ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ Ἀδρίᾳ, κατὰ μέσον τῆς νυκτὸς ὑπενόουν οἱ ναῦται προσάγειν τινὰ αὐτοῖς χώραν· |
|
28
|
28
|
| and they sounded, and found twenty fathoms; and after a little space, they sounded again, and found fifteen fathoms. | καὶ βολίσαντες εὗρον ὀργυιὰς εἴκοσι· βραχὺ δὲ διαστήσαντες, καὶ πάλιν βολίσαντες, εὗρον ὀργυιὰς δεκαπέντε· |
|
29
|
29
|
| And fearing lest haply we should be cast ashore on rocky ground, they let go four anchors from the stern, and wished for the day. | φοβούμενοί τε μήπως εἰς τραχεῖς τόπους ἐκπέσωμεν, ἐκ πρύμνης ῥίψαντες ἀγκύρας τέσσαρας, ηὔχοντο ἡμέραν γενέσθαι. |
|
30
|
30
|
| And as the sailors were seeking to flee out of the ship, and had lowered the boat into the sea, under color as though they would lay out anchors from the foreship, | Τῶν δὲ ναυτῶν ζητούντων φυγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ χαλασάντων τὴν σκάφην εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, προφάσει ὡς ἐκ πρῴρας μελλόντων ἀγκύρας ἐκτείνειν, |
|
31
|
31
|
| Paul said to the centurion and to the soldiers, Except these abide in the ship, ye cannot be saved. | εἶπεν ὁ Παῦλος τῷ ἑκατοντάρχῃ καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις, Ἐὰν μὴ οὗτοι μείνωσιν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, ὑμεῖς σωθῆναι οὐ δύνασθε. |
|
32
|
32
|
| Then the soldiers cut away the ropes of the boat, and let her fall off. | Τότε οἱ στρατιῶται ἀπέκοψαν τὰ σχοινία τῆς σκάφης, καὶ εἴασαν αὐτὴν ἐκπεσεῖν. |
|
33
|
33
|
| And while the day was coming on, Paul besought them all to take some food, saying, This day is the fourteenth day that ye wait and continue fasting, having taken nothing. | Ἄχρι δὲ οὗ ἤμελλεν ἡμέρα γίνεσθαι, παρεκάλει ὁ Παῦλος ἅπαντας μεταλαβεῖν τροφῆς, λέγων, Τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν προσδοκῶντες ἄσιτοι διατελεῖτε, μηδὲν προσλαβόμενοι. |
|
34
|
34
|
| Wherefore I beseech you to take some food: for this is for your safety: for there shall not a hair fall from the head of any of you. | Διὸ παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς προσλαβεῖν τροφῆς· τοῦτο γὰρ πρὸς τῆς ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας ὑπάρχει· οὐδενὸς γὰρ ὑμῶν θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς πεσεῖται. |
|
35
|
35
|
| And when he had said this, and had taken bread, he gave thanks to God in the presence of all; and he brake it, and began to eat. | Εἰπὼν δὲ ταῦτα, καὶ λαβὼν ἄρτον, εὐχαρίστησεν τῷ θεῷ ἐνώπιον πάντων· καὶ κλάσας ἤρξατο ἐσθίειν. |
|
36
|
36
|
| Then were they all of good cheer, and themselves also took food. | Εὔθυμοι δὲ γενόμενοι πάντες καὶ αὐτοὶ προσελάβοντο τροφῆς. |
|
37
|
37
|
| And we were in all in the ship two hundred threescore and sixteen souls. | Ἦμεν δὲ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαί, διακόσιαι ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ. |
|
38
|
38
|
| And when they had eaten enough, they lightened the ship, throwing out the wheat into the sea. | Κορεσθέντες δὲ τῆς τροφῆς ἐκούφιζον τὸ πλοῖον, ἐκβαλλόμενοι τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. |
|
39
|
39
|
| And when it was day, they knew not the land: but they perceived a certain bay with a beach, into which they were minded, if possible, to run the ship ashore. | Ὅτε δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον· κόλπον δέ τινα κατενόουν ἔχοντα αἰγιαλόν, εἰς ὃν ἐβουλεύσαντο, εἰ δυνατόν, ἐξῶσαι τὸ πλοῖον. |
|
40
|
40
|
| And casting off the anchors, they left them in the sea, at the same time loosing the bands of the rudders; and hoisting up the foresail to the wind, they made for the beach. | Καὶ τὰς ἀγκύρας περιελόντες εἴων εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, ἅμα ἀνέντες τὰς ζευκτηρίας τῶν πηδαλίων· καὶ ἐπάραντες τὸν ἀρτέμονα τῇ πνεούσῃ κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν. |
|
41
|
41
|
| But lighting upon a place where two seas met, they ran the vessel aground; and the foreship struck and remained unmoveable, but the stern began to break up by the violence of the waves. | Περιπεσόντες δὲ εἰς τόπον διθάλασσον ἐπώκειλαν τὴν ναῦν· καὶ ἡ μὲν πρῷρα ἐρείσασα ἔμεινεν ἀσάλευτος, ἡ δὲ πρύμνα ἐλύετο ὑπὸ τῆς βίας τῶν κυμάτων. |
|
42
|
42
|
| And the soldiers’ counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest any of them should swim out, and escape. | Τῶν δὲ στρατιωτῶν βουλὴ ἐγένετο ἵνα τοὺς δεσμώτας ἀποκτείνωσιν, μή τις ἐκκολυμβήσας διαφύγῃ. |
|
43
|
43
|
| But the centurion, desiring to save Paul, stayed them from their purpose; and commanded that they who could swim should cast themselves overboard, and get first to the land; | Ὁ δὲ ἑκατόνταρχος, βουλόμενος διασῶσαι τὸν Παῦλον, ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ βουλήματος, ἐκέλευσέν τε τοὺς δυναμένους κολυμβᾷν ἀπορρίψαντας πρώτους ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐξιέναι· |
|
44
|
44
|
| and the rest, some on planks, and some on other things from the ship. And so it came to pass, that they all escaped safe to the land. | καὶ τοὺς λοιπούς, οὓς μὲν ἐπὶ σανίσιν, οὓς δὲ ἐπί τινων τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου. Καὶ οὕτως ἐγένετο πάντας διασωθῆναι ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. |
|
Chapter 28
|
Κεφάλαιο 28
|
|
1
|
1
|
| And when they were escaped, then they knew that the island was called Malta. | Καὶ διασωθέντες, τότε ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι Μελίτη ἡ νῆσος καλεῖται. |
|
2
|
2
|
| And the barbarians showed us no common kindness: for they kindled a fire, and received us all, because of the present rain, and because of the cold. | Οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι παρεῖχον οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν ἡμῖν· ἀνάψαντες γὰρ πυράν, προσελάβοντο πάντας ἡμᾶς, διὰ τὸν ὑετὸν τὸν ἐφεστῶτα, καὶ διὰ τὸ ψῦχος. |
|
3
|
3
|
| But when Paul had gathered a bundle of sticks and laid them on the fire, a viper came out by reason of the heat, and fastened on his hand. | Συστρέψαντος δὲ τοῦ Παύλου φρυγάνων πλῆθος, καὶ ἐπιθέντος ἐπὶ τὴν πυράν, ἔχιδνα ἐκ τῆς θέρμης διεξελθοῦσα καθῆψεν τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ. |
|
4
|
4
|
| And when the barbarians saw the venomous creature hanging from his hand, they said one to another, No doubt this man is a murderer, whom, though he hath escaped from the sea, yet Justice hath not suffered to live. | Ὡς δὲ εἶδον οἱ βάρβαροι κρεμάμενον τὸ θηρίον ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ, ἔλεγον πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Πάντως φονεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος, ὃν διασωθέντα ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ Δίκη ζῇν οὐκ εἴασεν. |
|
5
|
5
|
| Howbeit he shook off the creature into the fire, and took no harm. | Ὁ μὲν οὖν, ἀποτινάξας τὸ θηρίον εἰς τὸ πῦρ, ἔπαθεν οὐδὲν κακόν. |
|
6
|
6
|
| But they expected that he would have swollen, or fallen down dead suddenly: but when they were long in expectation and beheld nothing amiss come to him, they changed their minds, and said that he was a god. | Οἱ δὲ προσεδόκων αὐτὸν μέλλειν πίμπρασθαι ἢ καταπίπτειν ἄφνω νεκρόν· ἐπὶ πολὺ δὲ αὐτῶν προσδοκώντων, καὶ θεωρούντων μηδὲν ἄτοπον εἰς αὐτὸν γινόμενον, μεταβαλλόμενοι ἔλεγον θεὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι. |
|
7
|
7
|
| Now in the neighborhood of that place were lands belonging to the chief man of the island, named Publius; who received us, and entertained us three days courteously. | Ἐν δὲ τοῖς περὶ τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον ὑπῆρχεν χωρία τῷ πρώτῳ τῆς νήσου, ὀνόματι Ποπλίῳ, ὃς ἀναδεξάμενος ἡμᾶς τρεῖς ἡμέρας φιλοφρόνως ἐξένισεν. |
|
8
|
8
|
| And it was so, that the father of Publius lay sick of fever and dysentery: unto whom Paul entered in, and prayed, and laying his hands on him healed him. | Ἐγένετο δὲ τὸν πατέρα τοῦ Ποπλίου πυρετοῖς καὶ δυσεντερίᾳ συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι· πρὸς ὃν ὁ Παῦλος εἰσελθών, καὶ προσευξάμενος, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ, ἰάσατο αὐτόν. |
|
9
|
9
|
| When this therefore was done, the rest also that had diseases in the island came, and were cured: | Τούτου οὖν γενομένου, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ ἔχοντες ἀσθενείας ἐν τῇ νήσῳ προσήρχοντο καὶ ἐθεραπεύοντο· |
|
10
|
10
|
| who also honored us with many honors; and when we sailed, they put on board such things as we needed. | οἳ καὶ πολλαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἀναγομένοις ἐπέθεντο τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν. |
|
11
|
11
|
| And after three months we set sail in a ship of Alexandria which had wintered in the island, whose sign was The Twin Brothers. | Μετὰ δὲ τρεῖς μῆνας ἤχθημεν ἐν πλοίῳ παρακεχειμακότι ἐν τῇ νήσῳ, Ἀλεξανδρίνῳ, παρασήμῳ Διοσκούροις. |
|
12
|
12
|
| And touching at Syracuse, we tarried there three days. | Καὶ καταχθέντες εἰς Συρακούσας ἐπεμείναμεν ἡμέρας τρεῖς· |
|
13
|
13
|
| And from thence we made a circuit, and arrived at Rhegium: and after one day a south wind sprang up, and on the second day we came to Puteoli; | ὅθεν περιελθόντες κατηντήσαμεν εἰς Ῥήγιον, καὶ μετὰ μίαν ἡμέραν ἐπιγενομένου νότου, δευτεραῖοι ἤλθομεν εἰς Ποτιόλους· |
|
14
|
14
|
| where we found brethren, and were entreated to tarry with them seven days: and so we came to Rome. | οὗ εὑρόντες ἀδελφούς, παρεκλήθημεν ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς ἐπιμεῖναι ἡμέρας ἑπτά· καὶ οὕτως εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἤλθομεν. |
|
15
|
15
|
| And from thence the brethren, when they heard of us, came forth to meet us as far as The Market of Appius and The Three Taverns; whom when Paul saw, he thanked God, and took courage. | Κἀκεῖθεν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἀκούσαντες τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν, ἐξῆλθον εἰς ἀπάντησιν ἡμῖν ἄχρι Ἀππίου Φόρου καὶ Τριῶν Ταβερνῶν· οὓς ἰδὼν ὁ Παῦλος, εὐχαριστήσας τῷ θεῷ, ἔλαβεν θάρσος. |
|
16
|
16
|
| And when we came to Rome, the centurion delivered the prisoners to the chief of the camp: but Paul was suffered to abide by himself with the soldier that guarded him. | Ὅτε δὲ ἤλθομεν εἰς Ῥώμην, ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος παρέδωκεν τοὺς δεσμίους τῷ στρατοπεδάρχῃ· τῷ δὲ Παύλῳ ἐπετράπη μένειν καθ’ ἑαυτόν, σὺν τῷ φυλάσσοντι αὐτὸν στρατιώτῃ. |
|
17
|
17
|
| And it came to pass, that after three days Paul called together those that were the chief of the Jews: and when they were come together, he said unto them, Brethren, though I had done nothing against the people, or the customs of our fathers, yet was delivered prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans: | Ἐγένετο δὲ μετὰ ἡμέρας τρεῖς συγκαλέσασθαι τὸν Παῦλον τοὺς ὄντας τῶν Ἰουδαίων πρώτους· συνελθόντων δὲ αὐτῶν, ἔλεγεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ οὐδὲν ἐναντίον ποιήσας τῷ λαῷ ἢ τοῖς ἔθεσιν τοῖς πατρῴοις, δέσμιος ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων παρεδόθην εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων· |
|
18
|
18
|
| who, when they had examined me, desired to set me at liberty, because there was no cause of death in me. | οἵτινες ἀνακρίναντές με ἐβούλοντο ἀπολῦσαι, διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί. |
|
19
|
19
|
| But when the Jews spake against it, I was constrained to appeal unto Caesar; not that I had aught whereof to accuse my nation. | Ἀντιλεγόντων δὲ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἠναγκάσθην ἐπικαλέσασθαι Καίσαρα, οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορῆσαι. |
|
20
|
20
|
| For this cause therefore did I entreat you to see and to speak with me: for because of the hope of Israel I am bound with this chain. | Διὰ ταύτην οὖν τὴν αἰτίαν παρεκάλεσα ὑμᾶς ἰδεῖν καὶ προσλαλῆσαι· ἕνεκεν γὰρ τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ τὴν ἅλυσιν ταύτην περίκειμαι. |
|
21
|
21
|
| And they said unto him, We neither received letters from Judea concerning thee, nor did any of the brethren come hither and report or speak any harm of thee. | Οἱ δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶπον, Ἡμεῖς οὔτε γράμματα περὶ σοῦ ἐδεξάμεθα ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, οὔτε παραγενόμενός τις τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀπήγγειλεν ἢ ἐλάλησέν τι περὶ σοῦ πονηρόν. |
|
22
|
22
|
| But we desire to hear of thee what thou thinkest: for as concerning this sect, it is known to us that everywhere it is spoken against. | Ἀξιοῦμεν δὲ παρὰ σοῦ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ φρονεῖς· περὶ μὲν γὰρ τῆς αἱρέσεως ταύτης γνωστόν ἐστιν ἡμῖν ὅτι πανταχοῦ ἀντιλέγεται. |
|
23
|
23
|
| And when they had appointed him a day, they came to him into his lodging in great number; to whom he expounded the matter, testifying the kingdom of God, and persuading them of the things concerning Jesus, both from the law of Moses and from the prophets, from morning till evening. | Ταξάμενοι δὲ αὐτῷ ἡμέραν, ἧκον πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν ξενίαν πλείονες· οἷς ἐξετίθετο διαμαρτυρόμενος τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, πείθων τε αὐτοὺς τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἀπό τε τοῦ νόμου Μωϋσέως καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, ἀπὸ πρωῒ ἕως ἑσπέρας. |
|
24
|
24
|
| And some believed the things which were spoken, and some disbelieved. | Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπείθοντο τοῖς λεγομένοις, οἱ δὲ ἠπίστουν. |
|
25
|
25
|
| And when they agreed not among themselves, they departed after that Paul had spoken one word, Well spake the Holy Spirit through Isaiah the prophet unto our fathers, | Ἀσύμφωνοι δὲ ὄντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀπελύοντο, εἰπόντος τοῦ Παύλου ῥῆμα ἕν, ὅτι Καλῶς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐλάλησεν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν, |
|
26
|
26
|
| saying, Go thou unto this people, and say, By hearing ye shall hear, and shall in no wise understand; And seeing ye shall see, and shall in no wise perceive: | λέγον, Πορεύθητι πρὸς τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον καὶ εἰπόν, Ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε· καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε. |
|
27
|
27
|
| For this people’s heart is waxed gross, And their ears are dull of hearing, And their eyes they have closed; Lest haply they should perceive with their eyes, And hear with their ears, And understand with their heart, And should turn again, And I would heal them. | Ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν· μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν, καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς. |
|
28
|
28
|
| Be it known therefore unto you, that the salvation of God is sent unto the Gentiles: they will also hear. | Γνωστὸν οὖν ἔστω ὑμῖν ὅτι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ, αὐτοὶ καὶ ἀκούσονται. |
|
29
|
29
|
| And when he had said these words, the Jews departed, having much disputing among themselves. | Καὶ ταῦτα αὐτοῦ εἰπόντος, ἀπῆλθον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, πολλὴν ἔχοντες ἐν ἑαυτοῖς συζήτησιν. |
|
30
|
30
|
| And Paul abode two whole years in his own hired dwelling, and received all that went in unto him, | Ἔμεινεν δὲ ὁ Παῦλος διετίαν ὅλην ἐν ἰδίῳ μισθώματι, καὶ ἀπεδέχετο πάντας τοὺς εἰσπορευομένους πρὸς αὐτόν, |
|
31
|
31
|
| preaching the kingdom of God, and teaching the things concerning the Lord Jesus Christ with all boldness, none forbidding him. | κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ διδάσκων τὰ περὶ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, μετὰ πάσης παρρησίας, ἀκωλύτως. |
Категорії
Контакти
Співпраця: admin.vira@ukr.net
Наші Телеграм-канали:
Old Testament
• Gen. • Exod. • Lev. • Num. • Deut.
• Josh. • Judg. • Ruth • 1 Sam. • 2 Sam. • 1 Kgs. • 2 Kgs. • 1 Chr. • 2 Chr. • Ezra • 2 Ezra • 3 Ezra • Neh. • Tob. • Jud. • Esth. • 1 Mac. • 2 Mac. • 3 Mac.
• Job • Ps. • Prov. • Eccl. • Song • Wisd. • Sir.
• Isa. • Jer. • Lam. • Let. Jer. • Bar. • Ezek. • Dan.
• Hos. • Joel • Amos • Obad. • Jonah • Mic. • Nah. • Hab. • Zeph. • Hag. • Zech. • Mal.
Вивчаєте англійську?
Встановіть розширення Notelang, щоб зручно перекладати незнайомі слова під час читання та зберігати їх у свій словник.
Old Testament
• Gen. • Exod. • Lev. • Num. • Deut.
• Josh. • Judg. • Ruth • 1 Sam. • 2 Sam. • 1 Kgs. • 2 Kgs. • 1 Chr. • 2 Chr. • Ezra • 2 Ezra • 3 Ezra • Neh. • Tob. • Jud. • Esth. • 1 Mac. • 2 Mac. • 3 Mac.
• Job • Ps. • Prov. • Eccl. • Song • Wisd. • Sir.
• Isa. • Jer. • Lam. • Let. Jer. • Bar. • Ezek. • Dan.
• Hos. • Joel • Amos • Obad. • Jonah • Mic. • Nah. • Hab. • Zeph. • Hag. • Zech. • Mal.
Вивчаєте англійську?
Встановіть розширення Notelang, щоб зручно перекладати незнайомі слова під час читання та зберігати їх у свій словник.